1 | /****************************************************************************
|
---|
2 | **
|
---|
3 | ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
---|
4 | ** Contact: Qt Software Information ([email protected])
|
---|
5 | **
|
---|
6 | ** This file is part of the Qt3Support module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
---|
7 | **
|
---|
8 | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
|
---|
9 | ** Commercial Usage
|
---|
10 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
|
---|
11 | ** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
|
---|
12 | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
|
---|
13 | ** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
|
---|
14 | **
|
---|
15 | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
|
---|
16 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
|
---|
17 | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
18 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
|
---|
19 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
20 | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
|
---|
21 | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
|
---|
22 | **
|
---|
23 | ** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
|
---|
24 | ** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
|
---|
25 | ** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
|
---|
26 | ** package.
|
---|
27 | **
|
---|
28 | ** GNU General Public License Usage
|
---|
29 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
30 | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
31 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
---|
32 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
---|
33 | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
|
---|
34 | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
|
---|
35 | **
|
---|
36 | ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
|
---|
37 | ** contact the sales department at [email protected].
|
---|
38 | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
|
---|
39 | **
|
---|
40 | ****************************************************************************/
|
---|
41 |
|
---|
42 | #include "q3textedit.h"
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
---|
45 |
|
---|
46 | #include <private/q3richtext_p.h>
|
---|
47 | #include "qpainter.h"
|
---|
48 | #include "qpen.h"
|
---|
49 | #include "qbrush.h"
|
---|
50 | #include "qpixmap.h"
|
---|
51 | #include "qfont.h"
|
---|
52 | #include "qcolor.h"
|
---|
53 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
---|
54 | #include "qsize.h"
|
---|
55 | #include "qevent.h"
|
---|
56 | #include "qtimer.h"
|
---|
57 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
58 | #include "q3listbox.h"
|
---|
59 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
---|
60 | #include "qcolordialog.h"
|
---|
61 | #include "q3stylesheet.h"
|
---|
62 | #include "q3dragobject.h"
|
---|
63 | #include "qurl.h"
|
---|
64 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
---|
65 | #include "qregexp.h"
|
---|
66 | #include "q3popupmenu.h"
|
---|
67 | #include "qstack.h"
|
---|
68 | #include "qmetaobject.h"
|
---|
69 | #include "q3textbrowser.h"
|
---|
70 | #include "private/q3syntaxhighlighter_p.h"
|
---|
71 | #include "qtextformat.h"
|
---|
72 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
---|
73 | #include <qinputcontext.h>
|
---|
74 | #endif
|
---|
75 |
|
---|
76 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
|
---|
77 | #include <qkeysequence.h>
|
---|
78 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) QLatin1Char('\t') + QString(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_ ## k))
|
---|
79 | #else
|
---|
80 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) QLatin1Char('\t' )+ QString(QLatin1String("Ctrl+" #k))
|
---|
81 | #endif
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
84 | #define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
|
---|
85 | #endif
|
---|
86 |
|
---|
87 | QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
|
---|
88 |
|
---|
89 | struct QUndoRedoInfoPrivate
|
---|
90 | {
|
---|
91 | Q3TextString text;
|
---|
92 | };
|
---|
93 |
|
---|
94 | class Q3TextEditPrivate
|
---|
95 | {
|
---|
96 | public:
|
---|
97 | Q3TextEditPrivate()
|
---|
98 | :preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),numPreeditSelections(0),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(false),
|
---|
99 | tabChangesFocus(false),
|
---|
100 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
101 | clipboard_mode(QClipboard::Clipboard),
|
---|
102 | #endif
|
---|
103 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
104 | od(0), optimMode(false),
|
---|
105 | maxLogLines(-1),
|
---|
106 | logOffset(0),
|
---|
107 | #endif
|
---|
108 | autoFormatting((uint)Q3TextEdit::AutoAll),
|
---|
109 | cursorRepaintMode(false),
|
---|
110 | cursorBlinkActive(false)
|
---|
111 |
|
---|
112 | {
|
---|
113 | for (int i=0; i<7; i++)
|
---|
114 | id[i] = 0;
|
---|
115 | }
|
---|
116 | int id[7];
|
---|
117 | int preeditStart;
|
---|
118 | int preeditLength;
|
---|
119 | int numPreeditSelections;
|
---|
120 | uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
|
---|
121 | uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
|
---|
122 | QString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
|
---|
123 | QString pressedName;
|
---|
124 | QString onName;
|
---|
125 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
126 | QClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
|
---|
127 | #endif
|
---|
128 | QTimer *trippleClickTimer;
|
---|
129 | QPoint trippleClickPoint;
|
---|
130 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
131 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate * od;
|
---|
132 | bool optimMode : 1;
|
---|
133 | int maxLogLines;
|
---|
134 | int logOffset;
|
---|
135 | #endif
|
---|
136 | Q3TextEdit::AutoFormatting autoFormatting;
|
---|
137 | uint cursorRepaintMode : 1;
|
---|
138 | uint cursorBlinkActive : 1;
|
---|
139 | };
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
142 | class Q3RichTextDrag : public Q3TextDrag
|
---|
143 | {
|
---|
144 | public:
|
---|
145 | Q3RichTextDrag(QWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0);
|
---|
146 |
|
---|
147 | void setPlainText(const QString &txt) { setText(txt); }
|
---|
148 | void setRichText(const QString &txt) { richTxt = txt; }
|
---|
149 |
|
---|
150 | virtual QByteArray encodedData(const char *mime) const;
|
---|
151 | virtual const char* format(int i) const;
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | static bool decode(QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QString &mimetype,
|
---|
154 | const QString &subtype);
|
---|
155 | static bool canDecode(QMimeSource* e);
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | private:
|
---|
158 | QString richTxt;
|
---|
159 |
|
---|
160 | };
|
---|
161 |
|
---|
162 | Q3RichTextDrag::Q3RichTextDrag(QWidget *dragSource, const char *name)
|
---|
163 | : Q3TextDrag(dragSource, name)
|
---|
164 | {
|
---|
165 | }
|
---|
166 |
|
---|
167 | QByteArray Q3RichTextDrag::encodedData(const char *mime) const
|
---|
168 | {
|
---|
169 | if (qstrcmp("application/x-qrichtext", mime) == 0) {
|
---|
170 | return richTxt.toUtf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
|
---|
171 | } else
|
---|
172 | return Q3TextDrag::encodedData(mime);
|
---|
173 | }
|
---|
174 |
|
---|
175 | bool Q3RichTextDrag::decode(QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QString &mimetype,
|
---|
176 | const QString &subtype)
|
---|
177 | {
|
---|
178 | if (mimetype == QLatin1String("application/x-qrichtext")) {
|
---|
179 | // do richtext decode
|
---|
180 | const char *mime;
|
---|
181 | int i;
|
---|
182 | for (i = 0; (mime = e->format(i)); ++i) {
|
---|
183 | if (qstrcmp("application/x-qrichtext", mime) != 0)
|
---|
184 | continue;
|
---|
185 | str = QString::fromUtf8(e->encodedData(mime));
|
---|
186 | return true;
|
---|
187 | }
|
---|
188 | return false;
|
---|
189 | }
|
---|
190 |
|
---|
191 | // do a regular text decode
|
---|
192 | QString st = subtype;
|
---|
193 | return Q3TextDrag::decode(e, str, st);
|
---|
194 | }
|
---|
195 |
|
---|
196 | bool Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(QMimeSource* e)
|
---|
197 | {
|
---|
198 | if (e->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
---|
199 | return true;
|
---|
200 | return Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e);
|
---|
201 | }
|
---|
202 |
|
---|
203 | const char* Q3RichTextDrag::format(int i) const
|
---|
204 | {
|
---|
205 | if (Q3TextDrag::format(i))
|
---|
206 | return Q3TextDrag::format(i);
|
---|
207 | if (Q3TextDrag::format(i-1))
|
---|
208 | return "application/x-qrichtext";
|
---|
209 | return 0;
|
---|
210 | }
|
---|
211 |
|
---|
212 | #endif
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | static bool block_set_alignment = false;
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | /*!
|
---|
217 | \class Q3TextEdit
|
---|
218 | \brief The Q3TextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
|
---|
219 |
|
---|
220 | \compat
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | \tableofcontents
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | \section1 Introduction and Concepts
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | Q3TextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
|
---|
227 | text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
|
---|
228 | large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
|
---|
229 |
|
---|
230 | Q3TextEdit has four modes of operation:
|
---|
231 | \table
|
---|
232 | \header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
|
---|
233 | \row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText)
|
---|
234 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
|
---|
235 | attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
|
---|
236 | returned.
|
---|
237 | \row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(Qt::RichText)
|
---|
238 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
|
---|
239 | text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
|
---|
240 | insert images for example (although you can read and
|
---|
241 | correctly display files that have margins set and that
|
---|
242 | include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
|
---|
243 | amounts of rich text.
|
---|
244 | \row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(true)
|
---|
245 | \i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
|
---|
246 | history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
|
---|
247 | plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
|
---|
248 | can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
|
---|
249 | \row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(Qt::LogText)
|
---|
250 | \i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
|
---|
251 | only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
|
---|
252 | tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
|
---|
253 | (See \link #logtextmode Qt::LogText mode\endlink for details.)
|
---|
254 | \endtable
|
---|
255 |
|
---|
256 | Q3TextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
|
---|
257 | conjunction with QSyntaxHighlighter.
|
---|
258 |
|
---|
259 | We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
|
---|
260 | you want to use. If you use Qt::AutoText then setText() and
|
---|
261 | append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
|
---|
262 | plain text or rich text. If you use Qt::RichText then setText() and
|
---|
263 | append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
|
---|
264 | insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
|
---|
265 |
|
---|
266 | Q3TextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
|
---|
267 | formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
|
---|
268 | the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
|
---|
269 | signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
|
---|
270 | paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
|
---|
271 | per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
|
---|
272 | paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
|
---|
273 | alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
|
---|
274 | character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
|
---|
275 | font and color.
|
---|
276 |
|
---|
277 | The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
|
---|
278 | \list
|
---|
279 | \i \e{current format} --
|
---|
280 | this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
|
---|
281 | is the format of the selected text if any.
|
---|
282 | \i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
|
---|
283 | cursor.
|
---|
284 | \endlist
|
---|
285 |
|
---|
286 | Q3TextEdit can display images (using Q3MimeSourceFactory), lists and
|
---|
287 | tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
|
---|
288 | viewport, scroll bars will appear. The text edit can load both
|
---|
289 | plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
|
---|
290 | rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
|
---|
291 | styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
|
---|
292 | style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
|
---|
293 | Q3StyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
|
---|
294 | displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
|
---|
295 | \l{Q3MimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
|
---|
296 |
|
---|
297 | If you want a text browser with more navigation use QTextBrowser.
|
---|
298 | If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use QLabel
|
---|
299 | or QSimpleRichText.
|
---|
300 |
|
---|
301 | If you create a new Q3TextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
|
---|
302 | rich text, call setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) to ensure that the
|
---|
303 | text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
|
---|
304 | text formatting attributes. See Q3StyleSheet for information on the
|
---|
305 | HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
|
---|
306 | explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
|
---|
307 | it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
|
---|
308 | like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
|
---|
309 | you should call setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText) to preserve such
|
---|
310 | text.
|
---|
311 |
|
---|
312 | Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
|
---|
313 | widget to Qt (because that would easily double Qt's size and only
|
---|
314 | a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
|
---|
315 | text support in Qt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
|
---|
316 | efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
|
---|
317 | applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
|
---|
318 |
|
---|
319 | \section1 Using Q3TextEdit as a Display Widget
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | Q3TextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
|
---|
322 | images.
|
---|
323 |
|
---|
324 | The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
|
---|
325 | existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
|
---|
326 | setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
|
---|
327 | setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
|
---|
328 | that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
|
---|
329 | same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
|
---|
330 | and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
|
---|
331 | history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
|
---|
332 | can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
|
---|
333 | selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
|
---|
334 | (marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
|
---|
335 | the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
|
---|
336 |
|
---|
337 | Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
|
---|
338 | for example:
|
---|
339 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 0
|
---|
340 |
|
---|
341 | By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
|
---|
342 | the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
|
---|
343 | specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
|
---|
344 | want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
|
---|
345 | \c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
|
---|
346 | FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
|
---|
347 | setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
|
---|
348 | \c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
|
---|
349 | anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
|
---|
350 |
|
---|
351 | The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
|
---|
352 | setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
|
---|
353 | or a complex pixmap.
|
---|
354 |
|
---|
355 | Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
|
---|
356 | with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
|
---|
357 | setTabStopWidth().
|
---|
358 |
|
---|
359 | The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
|
---|
360 | text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
|
---|
361 | Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
|
---|
362 |
|
---|
363 | The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
|
---|
364 | paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
|
---|
365 | within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
|
---|
366 | The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
|
---|
367 | length().
|
---|
368 |
|
---|
369 | You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
|
---|
370 | \c{<a name="anchor">} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
|
---|
371 | can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
|
---|
372 |
|
---|
373 | A read-only Q3TextEdit provides the same functionality as the
|
---|
374 | (obsolete) QTextView. (QTextView is still supplied for
|
---|
375 | compatibility with old code.)
|
---|
376 |
|
---|
377 | \section2 Read-only key bindings
|
---|
378 |
|
---|
379 | When Q3TextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
|
---|
380 | navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
|
---|
381 | \table
|
---|
382 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
---|
383 | \row \i Up \i Move one line up
|
---|
384 | \row \i Down \i Move one line down
|
---|
385 | \row \i Left \i Move one character left
|
---|
386 | \row \i Right \i Move one character right
|
---|
387 | \row \i PageUp \i Move one (viewport) page up
|
---|
388 | \row \i PageDown \i Move one (viewport) page down
|
---|
389 | \row \i Home \i Move to the beginning of the text
|
---|
390 | \row \i End \i Move to the end of the text
|
---|
391 | \row \i Shift+Wheel
|
---|
392 | \i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
---|
393 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
---|
394 | \endtable
|
---|
395 |
|
---|
396 | The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
|
---|
397 | example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
|
---|
398 | within HTML \c{<title>} tags.
|
---|
399 |
|
---|
400 | The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
|
---|
401 | a path which the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
|
---|
402 | the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
|
---|
403 | mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See Q3TextEdit() and
|
---|
404 | \l{context()}.)
|
---|
405 |
|
---|
406 | \target logtextmode
|
---|
407 | \section2 Using Q3TextEdit in Qt::LogText Mode
|
---|
408 |
|
---|
409 | Setting the text format to Qt::LogText puts the widget in a special
|
---|
410 | mode which is optimized for very large texts. In this mode editing
|
---|
411 | and rich text support are disabled (the widget is explicitly set
|
---|
412 | to read-only mode). This allows the text to be stored in a
|
---|
413 | different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
|
---|
414 | of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting
|
---|
415 | tags. A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c
|
---|
416 | {<}, \c > and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and
|
---|
417 | \c {&}. A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or
|
---|
418 | open/close tags). Left-tags mark the starting point for
|
---|
419 | formatting, while right-tags mark the ending point. A right-tag
|
---|
420 | always start with a \c / before the tag keyword. For example \c
|
---|
421 | <b> and \c </b> are a tag pair. Tags can be nested, but they
|
---|
422 | have to be closed in the same order as they are opened. For
|
---|
423 | example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
|
---|
424 | <b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
|
---|
425 |
|
---|
426 | By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
|
---|
427 | underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
|
---|
428 | by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
|
---|
429 | name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
|
---|
430 | a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
|
---|
431 | \c {<font color=red>}, \c{<font color="light blue">},\c {<font
|
---|
432 | color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
|
---|
433 | specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
|
---|
434 | tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
|
---|
435 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 1
|
---|
436 |
|
---|
437 | Stylesheets can also be used in Qt::LogText mode. To create and use a
|
---|
438 | custom tag, you could do the following:
|
---|
439 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 2
|
---|
440 | Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
|
---|
441 | a Q3StyleSheetItem is used in Qt::LogText mode.
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
|
---|
444 | lines the widget can hold in Qt::LogText mode.
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
|
---|
447 | widget is in this mode:
|
---|
448 | \list
|
---|
449 | \i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
|
---|
450 | movement will not work or return anything valid.
|
---|
451 | \i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
|
---|
452 | \endlist
|
---|
453 |
|
---|
454 | \section1 Using Q3TextEdit as an Editor
|
---|
455 |
|
---|
456 | All the information about using Q3TextEdit as a display widget also
|
---|
457 | applies here.
|
---|
458 |
|
---|
459 | The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
|
---|
460 | setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
|
---|
461 | setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
|
---|
462 | paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
|
---|
463 |
|
---|
464 | Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
|
---|
465 | function is used to indicate how selected text should be
|
---|
466 | displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
|
---|
467 | selected. The currently selected text's position is available
|
---|
468 | using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
|
---|
469 | selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
|
---|
470 | copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
|
---|
471 | removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
|
---|
472 | unselected) using selectAll(). Q3TextEdit supports multiple
|
---|
473 | selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
|
---|
474 | selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
|
---|
475 | e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
|
---|
476 | are cleared.
|
---|
477 |
|
---|
478 | Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
|
---|
479 | and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
|
---|
480 | the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
|
---|
481 | currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
|
---|
482 | and alignment at the new cursor position.
|
---|
483 |
|
---|
484 | If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
|
---|
485 | the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
|
---|
486 | returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
|
---|
487 | true if the text has been modified.
|
---|
488 |
|
---|
489 | Q3TextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
|
---|
490 | of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
|
---|
491 | steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
|
---|
492 | The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
|
---|
493 | the undo and redo operations can be executed.
|
---|
494 |
|
---|
495 | \section2 Editing key bindings
|
---|
496 |
|
---|
497 | The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
|
---|
498 | \table
|
---|
499 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
---|
500 | \row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
---|
501 | \row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
---|
502 | \row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
503 | \row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
|
---|
504 | \row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
|
---|
505 | Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
|
---|
506 | \row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
---|
507 | \row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
508 | \row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
|
---|
509 | \row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
---|
510 | \row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
|
---|
511 | \row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
|
---|
512 | \row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
|
---|
513 | \row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
|
---|
514 | (also Shift+Insert under Windows)
|
---|
515 | \row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
|
---|
516 | (also Shift+Delete under Windows)
|
---|
517 | \row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
|
---|
518 | \row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
|
---|
519 | \row \i Left \i Move the cursor one character left
|
---|
520 | \row \i Ctrl+Left \i Move the cursor one word left
|
---|
521 | \row \i Right \i Move the cursor one character right
|
---|
522 | \row \i Ctrl+Right \i Move the cursor one word right
|
---|
523 | \row \i Up \i Move the cursor one line up
|
---|
524 | \row \i Ctrl+Qt::Up \i Move the cursor one word up
|
---|
525 | \row \i DownArrow \i Move the cursor one line down
|
---|
526 | \row \i Ctrl+Down \i Move the cursor one word down
|
---|
527 | \row \i PageUp \i Move the cursor one page up
|
---|
528 | \row \i PageDown \i Move the cursor one page down
|
---|
529 | \row \i Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
530 | \row \i Ctrl+Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
|
---|
531 | \row \i End \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
532 | \row \i Ctrl+End \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
|
---|
533 | \row \i Shift+Wheel \i Scroll the page horizontally
|
---|
534 | (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
---|
535 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
---|
536 | \endtable
|
---|
537 |
|
---|
538 | To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
|
---|
539 | of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right}
|
---|
540 | will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right} will select the word to the right, etc.
|
---|
541 |
|
---|
542 | By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
|
---|
543 | text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
|
---|
544 | text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
|
---|
545 | can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
|
---|
546 | the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
|
---|
547 | */
|
---|
548 |
|
---|
549 | /*!
|
---|
550 | \enum Q3TextEdit::AutoFormattingFlag
|
---|
551 |
|
---|
552 | \value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
|
---|
553 | \value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
|
---|
554 | \value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
|
---|
555 | */
|
---|
556 |
|
---|
557 |
|
---|
558 | /*!
|
---|
559 | \enum Q3TextEdit::KeyboardAction
|
---|
560 |
|
---|
561 | This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
|
---|
562 | should be executed:
|
---|
563 |
|
---|
564 | \value ActionBackspace Delete the character to the left of the
|
---|
565 | cursor.
|
---|
566 |
|
---|
567 | \value ActionDelete Delete the character to the right of the
|
---|
568 | cursor.
|
---|
569 |
|
---|
570 | \value ActionReturn Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
|
---|
571 |
|
---|
572 | \value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
|
---|
573 | paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
|
---|
574 | of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
|
---|
575 | delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
|
---|
576 | cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
|
---|
577 |
|
---|
578 | \value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
|
---|
579 | cursor position.
|
---|
580 |
|
---|
581 | \value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
|
---|
582 | cursor position
|
---|
583 |
|
---|
584 | */
|
---|
585 |
|
---|
586 | /*!
|
---|
587 | \enum Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment
|
---|
588 |
|
---|
589 | This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
|
---|
590 |
|
---|
591 | \value AlignNormal Normal alignment
|
---|
592 | \value AlignSuperScript Superscript
|
---|
593 | \value AlignSubScript Subscript
|
---|
594 | */
|
---|
595 |
|
---|
596 | /*!
|
---|
597 | \enum Q3TextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | \internal
|
---|
600 |
|
---|
601 | \value RedoIndentation
|
---|
602 | \value CheckNewLines
|
---|
603 | \value RemoveSelected
|
---|
604 | */
|
---|
605 |
|
---|
606 |
|
---|
607 | /*!
|
---|
608 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
|
---|
611 | text edit.
|
---|
612 |
|
---|
613 | When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
|
---|
614 | to true. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
|
---|
615 | de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to false.
|
---|
616 |
|
---|
617 | If \a yes is true then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
|
---|
618 | the clipboard. If \a yes is false then copy() does nothing.
|
---|
619 |
|
---|
620 | \sa selectionChanged()
|
---|
621 | */
|
---|
622 |
|
---|
623 |
|
---|
624 | /*!
|
---|
625 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::textChanged()
|
---|
626 |
|
---|
627 | This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
|
---|
628 |
|
---|
629 | \sa setText() append()
|
---|
630 | */
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | /*!
|
---|
633 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::selectionChanged()
|
---|
634 |
|
---|
635 | This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
|
---|
636 |
|
---|
637 | \sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
|
---|
638 | */
|
---|
639 |
|
---|
640 | /*! \fn Q3TextDocument *Q3TextEdit::document() const
|
---|
641 |
|
---|
642 | \internal
|
---|
643 |
|
---|
644 | This function returns the Q3TextDocument which is used by the text
|
---|
645 | edit.
|
---|
646 | */
|
---|
647 |
|
---|
648 | /*! \fn void Q3TextEdit::setDocument(Q3TextDocument *doc)
|
---|
649 |
|
---|
650 | \internal
|
---|
651 |
|
---|
652 | This function sets the Q3TextDocument which should be used by the text
|
---|
653 | edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
|
---|
654 | display a document using multiple views. You would create a
|
---|
655 | Q3TextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
|
---|
656 | You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
|
---|
657 | selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
|
---|
658 | accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
|
---|
659 | */
|
---|
660 |
|
---|
661 | /*!
|
---|
662 | \enum Q3TextEdit::CursorAction
|
---|
663 |
|
---|
664 | This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
|
---|
665 | the cursor should be moved:
|
---|
666 |
|
---|
667 | \value MoveBackward Moves the cursor one character backward
|
---|
668 |
|
---|
669 | \value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
|
---|
670 |
|
---|
671 | \value MoveForward Moves the cursor one character forward
|
---|
672 |
|
---|
673 | \value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
|
---|
674 |
|
---|
675 | \value MoveUp Moves the cursor up one line
|
---|
676 |
|
---|
677 | \value MoveDown Moves the cursor down one line
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | \value MoveLineStart Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
680 |
|
---|
681 | \value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
682 |
|
---|
683 | \value MoveHome Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
|
---|
684 |
|
---|
685 | \value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | \value MovePgUp Moves the cursor one viewport page up
|
---|
688 |
|
---|
689 | \value MovePgDown Moves the cursor one viewport page down
|
---|
690 | */
|
---|
691 |
|
---|
692 | /*!
|
---|
693 | \property Q3TextEdit::overwriteMode
|
---|
694 | \brief the text edit's overwrite mode
|
---|
695 |
|
---|
696 | If false (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
|
---|
697 | with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
|
---|
698 | true, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
|
---|
699 | the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
|
---|
700 | position.
|
---|
701 | */
|
---|
702 |
|
---|
703 | /*!
|
---|
704 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::setCurrentFont(const QFont &f)
|
---|
705 |
|
---|
706 | Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
|
---|
707 |
|
---|
708 | If the widget is in Qt::LogText mode this function will do
|
---|
709 | nothing. Use setFont() instead.
|
---|
710 |
|
---|
711 | \sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
|
---|
712 | */
|
---|
713 |
|
---|
714 | /*!
|
---|
715 | \property Q3TextEdit::undoDepth
|
---|
716 | \brief the depth of the undo history
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
|
---|
719 | is 100.
|
---|
720 |
|
---|
721 | \sa undo() redo()
|
---|
722 | */
|
---|
723 |
|
---|
724 | /*!
|
---|
725 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::undoAvailable(bool yes)
|
---|
726 |
|
---|
727 | This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
|
---|
728 | \a yes is true, then undo() will work until undoAvailable(false)
|
---|
729 | is next emitted.
|
---|
730 |
|
---|
731 | \sa undo() undoDepth()
|
---|
732 | */
|
---|
733 |
|
---|
734 | /*!
|
---|
735 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::modificationChanged(bool m)
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
|
---|
738 | document has changed. If \a m is true, the document was modified,
|
---|
739 | otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
|
---|
740 |
|
---|
741 | \sa modified
|
---|
742 | */
|
---|
743 |
|
---|
744 | /*!
|
---|
745 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::redoAvailable(bool yes)
|
---|
746 |
|
---|
747 | This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
|
---|
748 | \a yes is true, then redo() will work until redoAvailable(false)
|
---|
749 | is next emitted.
|
---|
750 |
|
---|
751 | \sa redo() undoDepth()
|
---|
752 | */
|
---|
753 |
|
---|
754 | /*!
|
---|
755 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::currentFontChanged(const QFont &f)
|
---|
756 |
|
---|
757 | This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
|
---|
758 | changed.
|
---|
759 |
|
---|
760 | The new font is \a f.
|
---|
761 |
|
---|
762 | \sa setCurrentFont()
|
---|
763 | */
|
---|
764 |
|
---|
765 | /*!
|
---|
766 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::currentColorChanged(const QColor &c)
|
---|
767 |
|
---|
768 | This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
|
---|
769 | changed.
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | The new color is \a c.
|
---|
772 |
|
---|
773 | \sa setColor()
|
---|
774 | */
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | /*!
|
---|
777 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged(Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment a)
|
---|
778 |
|
---|
779 | This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
|
---|
780 | format has changed.
|
---|
781 |
|
---|
782 | The new vertical alignment is \a a.
|
---|
783 | */
|
---|
784 |
|
---|
785 | /*!
|
---|
786 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged(int a)
|
---|
787 |
|
---|
788 | This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
|
---|
789 | has changed.
|
---|
790 |
|
---|
791 | The new alignment is \a a.
|
---|
792 |
|
---|
793 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
794 | */
|
---|
795 |
|
---|
796 | /*!
|
---|
797 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::cursorPositionChanged(Q3TextCursor *c)
|
---|
798 |
|
---|
799 | \internal
|
---|
800 | */
|
---|
801 |
|
---|
802 | /*!
|
---|
803 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::cursorPositionChanged(int para, int pos)
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | \overload
|
---|
806 |
|
---|
807 | This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
|
---|
808 | \a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
|
---|
809 | character position within the paragraph.
|
---|
810 |
|
---|
811 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
812 | */
|
---|
813 |
|
---|
814 | /*!
|
---|
815 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::clicked(int para, int pos)
|
---|
816 |
|
---|
817 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
|
---|
818 | \a para at character position \a pos.
|
---|
819 |
|
---|
820 | \sa doubleClicked()
|
---|
821 | */
|
---|
822 |
|
---|
823 | /*! \fn void Q3TextEdit::doubleClicked(int para, int pos)
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
|
---|
826 | paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
|
---|
827 |
|
---|
828 | \sa clicked()
|
---|
829 | */
|
---|
830 |
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | /*!
|
---|
833 | \fn void Q3TextEdit::returnPressed()
|
---|
834 |
|
---|
835 | This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
|
---|
836 | key.
|
---|
837 | */
|
---|
838 |
|
---|
839 | /*!
|
---|
840 | \fn Q3TextCursor *Q3TextEdit::textCursor() const
|
---|
841 |
|
---|
842 | Returns the text edit's text cursor.
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | \warning Q3TextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
|
---|
845 | circumstances you might wish to use it.
|
---|
846 | */
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | /*!
|
---|
849 | Constructs an empty Q3TextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
|
---|
850 | parent.
|
---|
851 | */
|
---|
852 |
|
---|
853 | Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
---|
854 | : Q3ScrollView(parent, name, Qt::WStaticContents | Qt::WNoAutoErase),
|
---|
855 | doc(new Q3TextDocument(0)), undoRedoInfo(doc)
|
---|
856 | {
|
---|
857 | init();
|
---|
858 | }
|
---|
859 |
|
---|
860 | /*!
|
---|
861 | Constructs a Q3TextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
|
---|
862 | text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | The \a context is a path which the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory
|
---|
865 | uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
|
---|
866 | the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
|
---|
867 |
|
---|
868 | For example if the text contains an image tag,
|
---|
869 | \c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
|
---|
870 | Q3MimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
|
---|
871 | "path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
|
---|
872 | \c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
|
---|
873 | Q3MimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
|
---|
874 | and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
|
---|
875 | the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
|
---|
876 | \c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
|
---|
877 | "path/to/look/in/target.html".
|
---|
878 | */
|
---|
879 |
|
---|
880 | Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit(const QString& text, const QString& context,
|
---|
881 | QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
---|
882 | : Q3ScrollView(parent, name, Qt::WStaticContents | Qt::WNoAutoErase),
|
---|
883 | doc(new Q3TextDocument(0)), undoRedoInfo(doc)
|
---|
884 | {
|
---|
885 | init();
|
---|
886 | setText(text, context);
|
---|
887 | }
|
---|
888 |
|
---|
889 | /*!
|
---|
890 | Destructor.
|
---|
891 | */
|
---|
892 |
|
---|
893 | Q3TextEdit::~Q3TextEdit()
|
---|
894 | {
|
---|
895 | delete undoRedoInfo.d;
|
---|
896 | undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
|
---|
897 | delete cursor;
|
---|
898 | delete doc;
|
---|
899 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
900 | delete d->od;
|
---|
901 | #endif
|
---|
902 | delete d;
|
---|
903 | }
|
---|
904 |
|
---|
905 | void Q3TextEdit::init()
|
---|
906 | {
|
---|
907 | d = new Q3TextEditPrivate;
|
---|
908 | doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice(this);
|
---|
909 | undoEnabled = true;
|
---|
910 | readonly = true;
|
---|
911 | setReadOnly(false);
|
---|
912 | setFrameStyle(LineEditPanel | Sunken);
|
---|
913 | connect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)),
|
---|
914 | this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
---|
915 |
|
---|
916 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
917 | inDoubleClick = false;
|
---|
918 | modified = false;
|
---|
919 | mightStartDrag = false;
|
---|
920 | onLink.clear();
|
---|
921 | d->onName.clear();
|
---|
922 | overWrite = false;
|
---|
923 | wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
|
---|
924 | wrapWidth = -1;
|
---|
925 | wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
|
---|
926 | inDnD = false;
|
---|
927 | doc->setFormatter(new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords);
|
---|
928 | QFont f = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
---|
929 | if (f.kerning())
|
---|
930 | f.setKerning(false);
|
---|
931 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont(f);
|
---|
932 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor(palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
---|
933 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
---|
934 | currentAlignment = Qt::AlignAuto;
|
---|
935 |
|
---|
936 | setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
|
---|
937 | viewport()->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
|
---|
938 |
|
---|
939 | viewport()->setAcceptDrops(true);
|
---|
940 | resizeContents(0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
|
---|
941 | (doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0);
|
---|
942 |
|
---|
943 | setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression, true);
|
---|
944 | viewport()->setMouseTracking(true);
|
---|
945 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
946 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
947 | #endif
|
---|
948 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
949 |
|
---|
950 | formatTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
951 | connect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
---|
952 | this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
---|
953 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
954 |
|
---|
955 | scrollTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
956 | connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
---|
957 | this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
---|
958 |
|
---|
959 | interval = 0;
|
---|
960 | changeIntervalTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
961 | connect(changeIntervalTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
---|
962 | this, SLOT(doChangeInterval()));
|
---|
963 |
|
---|
964 | cursorVisible = true;
|
---|
965 | blinkTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
966 | connect(blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
---|
967 | this, SLOT(blinkCursor()));
|
---|
968 |
|
---|
969 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
970 | dragStartTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
971 | connect(dragStartTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
---|
972 | this, SLOT(startDrag()));
|
---|
973 | #endif
|
---|
974 |
|
---|
975 | d->trippleClickTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
---|
976 |
|
---|
977 | formatMore();
|
---|
978 |
|
---|
979 | blinkCursorVisible = false;
|
---|
980 |
|
---|
981 | viewport()->setFocusProxy(this);
|
---|
982 | viewport()->setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
|
---|
983 | setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
|
---|
984 | setInputMethodEnabled(true);
|
---|
985 | viewport()->installEventFilter(this);
|
---|
986 | connect(this, SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()));
|
---|
987 | connect(this, SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()));
|
---|
988 | installEventFilter(this);
|
---|
989 | }
|
---|
990 |
|
---|
991 | void Q3TextEdit::paintDocument(bool drawAll, QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch)
|
---|
992 | {
|
---|
993 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
994 | Q_ASSERT(!d->optimMode);
|
---|
995 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
996 | return;
|
---|
997 | #endif
|
---|
998 |
|
---|
999 | bool drawCur = blinkCursorVisible && (hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus());
|
---|
1000 | if ((hasSelectedText() && !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected, 0, this)) ||
|
---|
1001 | isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible)
|
---|
1002 | drawCur = false;
|
---|
1003 | QPalette pal = palette();
|
---|
1004 | if (doc->paper())
|
---|
1005 | pal.setBrush(QPalette::Base, *doc->paper());
|
---|
1006 |
|
---|
1007 | if (contentsY() < doc->y()) {
|
---|
1008 | p->fillRect(contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
|
---|
1009 | pal.base());
|
---|
1010 | }
|
---|
1011 | if (drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw) {
|
---|
1012 | p->fillRect(doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
|
---|
1013 | pal.base());
|
---|
1014 | }
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | p->setBrushOrigin(-contentsX(), -contentsY());
|
---|
1017 |
|
---|
1018 | lastFormatted = doc->draw(p, cx, cy, cw, ch, pal, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor);
|
---|
1019 |
|
---|
1020 | if (lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph())
|
---|
1021 | resizeContents(contentsWidth(), doc->height());
|
---|
1022 |
|
---|
1023 | if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && (!doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid()) && drawAll)
|
---|
1024 | p->fillRect(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
---|
1025 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), pal.base());
|
---|
1026 | }
|
---|
1027 |
|
---|
1028 | /*!
|
---|
1029 | \reimp
|
---|
1030 | */
|
---|
1031 |
|
---|
1032 | void Q3TextEdit::drawContents(QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch)
|
---|
1033 | {
|
---|
1034 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1035 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
1036 | optimDrawContents(p, cx, cy, cw, ch);
|
---|
1037 | return;
|
---|
1038 | }
|
---|
1039 | #endif
|
---|
1040 | paintDocument(true, p, cx, cy, cw, ch);
|
---|
1041 | int v;
|
---|
1042 | p->setPen(palette().color(foregroundRole()));
|
---|
1043 | if (document()->isPageBreakEnabled() && (v = document()->flow()->pageSize()) > 0) {
|
---|
1044 | int l = int(cy / v) * v;
|
---|
1045 | while (l < cy + ch) {
|
---|
1046 | p->drawLine(cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l);
|
---|
1047 | l += v;
|
---|
1048 | }
|
---|
1049 | }
|
---|
1050 | }
|
---|
1051 |
|
---|
1052 | /*!
|
---|
1053 | \internal
|
---|
1054 | */
|
---|
1055 |
|
---|
1056 | void Q3TextEdit::drawContents(QPainter *p)
|
---|
1057 | {
|
---|
1058 | if (horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
|
---|
1059 | verticalScrollBar()->isVisible()) {
|
---|
1060 | const QRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
---|
1061 | const QRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
---|
1062 |
|
---|
1063 | QRect cornerRect;
|
---|
1064 | cornerRect.setTop(verticalRect.bottom());
|
---|
1065 | cornerRect.setBottom(horizontalRect.bottom());
|
---|
1066 | cornerRect.setLeft(verticalRect.left());
|
---|
1067 | cornerRect.setRight(verticalRect.right());
|
---|
1068 |
|
---|
1069 | p->fillRect(cornerRect, palette().background());
|
---|
1070 | }
|
---|
1071 | }
|
---|
1072 |
|
---|
1073 | /*!
|
---|
1074 | \reimp
|
---|
1075 | */
|
---|
1076 |
|
---|
1077 | bool Q3TextEdit::event(QEvent *e)
|
---|
1078 | {
|
---|
1079 | if (e->type() == QEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
1080 | QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*) e;
|
---|
1081 | switch(ke->state()) {
|
---|
1082 | case Qt::NoButton:
|
---|
1083 | case Qt::Keypad:
|
---|
1084 | case Qt::ShiftButton:
|
---|
1085 | if (ke->key() < Qt::Key_Escape) {
|
---|
1086 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1087 | } else {
|
---|
1088 | switch (ke->key()) {
|
---|
1089 | case Qt::Key_Return:
|
---|
1090 | case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
---|
1091 | case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
---|
1092 | case Qt::Key_Home:
|
---|
1093 | case Qt::Key_End:
|
---|
1094 | case Qt::Key_Backspace:
|
---|
1095 | case Qt::Key_Left:
|
---|
1096 | case Qt::Key_Right:
|
---|
1097 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1098 | default:
|
---|
1099 | break;
|
---|
1100 | }
|
---|
1101 | }
|
---|
1102 | break;
|
---|
1103 |
|
---|
1104 | case Qt::ControlButton:
|
---|
1105 | case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::ShiftButton:
|
---|
1106 | case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::Keypad:
|
---|
1107 | case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::ShiftButton|Qt::Keypad:
|
---|
1108 | switch (ke->key()) {
|
---|
1109 | case Qt::Key_Tab:
|
---|
1110 | case Qt::Key_Backtab:
|
---|
1111 | ke->ignore();
|
---|
1112 | break;
|
---|
1113 | // Those are too frequently used for application functionality
|
---|
1114 | /* case Qt::Key_A:
|
---|
1115 | case Qt::Key_B:
|
---|
1116 | case Qt::Key_D:
|
---|
1117 | case Qt::Key_E:
|
---|
1118 | case Qt::Key_F:
|
---|
1119 | case Qt::Key_H:
|
---|
1120 | case Qt::Key_I:
|
---|
1121 | case Qt::Key_K:
|
---|
1122 | case Qt::Key_N:
|
---|
1123 | case Qt::Key_P:
|
---|
1124 | case Qt::Key_T:
|
---|
1125 | */
|
---|
1126 | case Qt::Key_C:
|
---|
1127 | case Qt::Key_V:
|
---|
1128 | case Qt::Key_X:
|
---|
1129 | case Qt::Key_Y:
|
---|
1130 | case Qt::Key_Z:
|
---|
1131 | case Qt::Key_Left:
|
---|
1132 | case Qt::Key_Right:
|
---|
1133 | case Qt::Key_Up:
|
---|
1134 | case Qt::Key_Down:
|
---|
1135 | case Qt::Key_Home:
|
---|
1136 | case Qt::Key_End:
|
---|
1137 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1138 | case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
---|
1139 | case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
---|
1140 | #endif
|
---|
1141 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1142 | default:
|
---|
1143 | break;
|
---|
1144 | }
|
---|
1145 | break;
|
---|
1146 |
|
---|
1147 | default:
|
---|
1148 | switch (ke->key()) {
|
---|
1149 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1150 | case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
---|
1151 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1152 | #endif
|
---|
1153 | default:
|
---|
1154 | break;
|
---|
1155 | }
|
---|
1156 | break;
|
---|
1157 | }
|
---|
1158 | }
|
---|
1159 |
|
---|
1160 | if (e->type() == QEvent::Show) {
|
---|
1161 | if (
|
---|
1162 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1163 | !d->optimMode &&
|
---|
1164 | #endif
|
---|
1165 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent ) {
|
---|
1166 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1167 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = false;
|
---|
1168 | }
|
---|
1169 | if (!d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
1170 | scrollToAnchor(d->scrollToAnchor);
|
---|
1171 | d->scrollToAnchor.clear();
|
---|
1172 | }
|
---|
1173 | }
|
---|
1174 | return QWidget::event(e);
|
---|
1175 | }
|
---|
1176 |
|
---|
1177 | /*!
|
---|
1178 | Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
|
---|
1179 | provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
|
---|
1180 | */
|
---|
1181 |
|
---|
1182 | void Q3TextEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
|
---|
1183 | {
|
---|
1184 | changeIntervalTimer->stop();
|
---|
1185 | interval = 10;
|
---|
1186 | bool unknownKey = false;
|
---|
1187 | if (isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
1188 | if (!handleReadOnlyKeyEvent(e))
|
---|
1189 | Q3ScrollView::keyPressEvent(e);
|
---|
1190 | changeIntervalTimer->start(100, true);
|
---|
1191 | return;
|
---|
1192 | }
|
---|
1193 |
|
---|
1194 |
|
---|
1195 | bool selChanged = false;
|
---|
1196 | for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
1197 | selChanged = doc->removeSelection(i) || selChanged;
|
---|
1198 |
|
---|
1199 | if (selChanged) {
|
---|
1200 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
---|
1201 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1202 | }
|
---|
1203 |
|
---|
1204 | bool clearUndoRedoInfo = true;
|
---|
1205 |
|
---|
1206 |
|
---|
1207 | switch (e->key()) {
|
---|
1208 | case Qt::Key_Left:
|
---|
1209 | case Qt::Key_Right: {
|
---|
1210 | // a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
|
---|
1211 | // correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
|
---|
1212 | CursorAction a;
|
---|
1213 | if (cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Qt::Key_Right))
|
---|
1214 | a = e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
|
---|
1215 | else
|
---|
1216 | a = e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
|
---|
1217 | moveCursor(a, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1218 | break;
|
---|
1219 | }
|
---|
1220 | case Qt::Key_Up:
|
---|
1221 | moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1222 | break;
|
---|
1223 | case Qt::Key_Down:
|
---|
1224 | moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1225 | break;
|
---|
1226 | case Qt::Key_Home:
|
---|
1227 | moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1228 | break;
|
---|
1229 | case Qt::Key_End:
|
---|
1230 | moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1231 | break;
|
---|
1232 | case Qt::Key_Prior:
|
---|
1233 | moveCursor(MovePgUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1234 | break;
|
---|
1235 | case Qt::Key_Next:
|
---|
1236 | moveCursor(MovePgDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1237 | break;
|
---|
1238 | case Qt::Key_Return: case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
---|
1239 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, false))
|
---|
1240 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1241 | if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText && (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton)) {
|
---|
1242 | // Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
|
---|
1243 | insert(QString(QChar(QChar::LineSeparator)), true, false);
|
---|
1244 | } else {
|
---|
1245 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1246 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
1247 | #endif
|
---|
1248 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1249 | doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
---|
1250 | emit returnPressed();
|
---|
1251 | }
|
---|
1252 | break;
|
---|
1253 | case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
---|
1254 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1255 | if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) {
|
---|
1256 | cut();
|
---|
1257 | break;
|
---|
1258 | } else
|
---|
1259 | #endif
|
---|
1260 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true)) {
|
---|
1261 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1262 | break;
|
---|
1263 | }
|
---|
1264 | doKeyboardAction(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
|
---|
1265 | : ActionDelete);
|
---|
1266 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1267 |
|
---|
1268 | break;
|
---|
1269 | case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
---|
1270 | if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)
|
---|
1271 | paste();
|
---|
1272 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1273 | else if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton)
|
---|
1274 | copy();
|
---|
1275 | #endif
|
---|
1276 | else
|
---|
1277 | setOverwriteMode(!isOverwriteMode());
|
---|
1278 | break;
|
---|
1279 | case Qt::Key_Backspace:
|
---|
1280 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1281 | if (e->state() & Qt::AltButton) {
|
---|
1282 | if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
---|
1283 | break;
|
---|
1284 | } else if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) {
|
---|
1285 | redo();
|
---|
1286 | break;
|
---|
1287 | } else {
|
---|
1288 | undo();
|
---|
1289 | break;
|
---|
1290 | }
|
---|
1291 | } else
|
---|
1292 | #endif
|
---|
1293 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true)) {
|
---|
1294 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1295 | break;
|
---|
1296 | }
|
---|
1297 |
|
---|
1298 | doKeyboardAction(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
|
---|
1299 | : ActionBackspace);
|
---|
1300 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1301 | break;
|
---|
1302 | case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1303 | copy();
|
---|
1304 | break;
|
---|
1305 | case Qt::Key_F18: // Paste key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1306 | paste();
|
---|
1307 | break;
|
---|
1308 | case Qt::Key_F20: // Cut key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1309 | cut();
|
---|
1310 | break;
|
---|
1311 | case Qt::Key_Direction_L:
|
---|
1312 | if (doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
1313 | // change the whole doc
|
---|
1314 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
1315 | while (p) {
|
---|
1316 | p->setDirection(QChar::DirL);
|
---|
1317 | p->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft);
|
---|
1318 | p->invalidate(0);
|
---|
1319 | p = p->next();
|
---|
1320 | }
|
---|
1321 | } else {
|
---|
1322 | if (!cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirL)
|
---|
1323 | return;
|
---|
1324 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection(QChar::DirL);
|
---|
1325 | if (cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
---|
1326 | ((cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight)) != 0))
|
---|
1327 | setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft);
|
---|
1328 | }
|
---|
1329 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1330 | break;
|
---|
1331 | case Qt::Key_Direction_R:
|
---|
1332 | if (doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
1333 | // change the whole doc
|
---|
1334 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
1335 | while (p) {
|
---|
1336 | p->setDirection(QChar::DirR);
|
---|
1337 | p->setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
|
---|
1338 | p->invalidate(0);
|
---|
1339 | p = p->next();
|
---|
1340 | }
|
---|
1341 | } else {
|
---|
1342 | if (!cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirR)
|
---|
1343 | return;
|
---|
1344 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection(QChar::DirR);
|
---|
1345 | if (cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
---|
1346 | ((cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight)) != 0))
|
---|
1347 | setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
|
---|
1348 | }
|
---|
1349 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1350 | break;
|
---|
1351 | default: {
|
---|
1352 | unsigned char ascii = e->text().length() ? e->text().unicode()->latin1() : 0;
|
---|
1353 | if (e->text().length() &&
|
---|
1354 | ((!(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) &&
|
---|
1355 | #ifndef Q_OS_MAC
|
---|
1356 | !(e->state() & Qt::AltButton) &&
|
---|
1357 | #endif
|
---|
1358 | !(e->state() & Qt::MetaButton)) ||
|
---|
1359 | (((e->state() & (Qt::ControlButton | Qt::AltButton))) == (Qt::ControlButton|Qt::AltButton))) &&
|
---|
1360 | (!ascii || ascii >= 32 || e->text() == QString(QLatin1Char('\t')))) {
|
---|
1361 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1362 | if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) {
|
---|
1363 | if (d->tabChangesFocus) {
|
---|
1364 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1365 | break;
|
---|
1366 | }
|
---|
1367 | if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
---|
1368 | && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth())) {
|
---|
1369 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1370 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1371 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1372 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1373 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
---|
1374 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1);
|
---|
1375 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1376 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
1377 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1378 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1379 | break;
|
---|
1380 | }
|
---|
1381 | } else if (e->key() == Qt::Key_BackTab) {
|
---|
1382 | if (d->tabChangesFocus) {
|
---|
1383 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1384 | break;
|
---|
1385 | }
|
---|
1386 | }
|
---|
1387 |
|
---|
1388 | if ((autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList) &&
|
---|
1389 | textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
---|
1390 | && !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
---|
1391 | && (e->text()[0] == QLatin1Char('-') || e->text()[0] == QLatin1Char('*'))) {
|
---|
1392 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1393 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1394 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1395 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1396 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
---|
1397 | setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, Q3StyleSheetItem::ListDisc);
|
---|
1398 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1399 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
1400 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1401 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1402 | break;
|
---|
1403 | }
|
---|
1404 | if (overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() && !doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
1405 | doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
---|
1406 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1407 | }
|
---|
1408 | QString t = e->text();
|
---|
1409 | insert(t, true, false);
|
---|
1410 | break;
|
---|
1411 | } else if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
---|
1412 | switch (e->key()) {
|
---|
1413 | case Qt::Key_C: case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1414 | copy();
|
---|
1415 | break;
|
---|
1416 | case Qt::Key_V:
|
---|
1417 | paste();
|
---|
1418 | break;
|
---|
1419 | case Qt::Key_X:
|
---|
1420 | cut();
|
---|
1421 | break;
|
---|
1422 | case Qt::Key_I: case Qt::Key_T: case Qt::Key_Tab:
|
---|
1423 | if (!d->tabChangesFocus)
|
---|
1424 | indent();
|
---|
1425 | break;
|
---|
1426 | case Qt::Key_A:
|
---|
1427 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
1428 | moveCursor(MoveLineStart, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1429 | #else
|
---|
1430 | selectAll(true);
|
---|
1431 | #endif
|
---|
1432 | break;
|
---|
1433 | case Qt::Key_B:
|
---|
1434 | moveCursor(MoveBackward, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1435 | break;
|
---|
1436 | case Qt::Key_F:
|
---|
1437 | moveCursor(MoveForward, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1438 | break;
|
---|
1439 | case Qt::Key_D:
|
---|
1440 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
1441 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1442 | break;
|
---|
1443 | }
|
---|
1444 | doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
---|
1445 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1446 | break;
|
---|
1447 | case Qt::Key_H:
|
---|
1448 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
1449 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1450 | break;
|
---|
1451 | }
|
---|
1452 | if (!cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
|
---|
1453 | cursor->atParagStart())
|
---|
1454 | break;
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | doKeyboardAction(ActionBackspace);
|
---|
1457 | clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
---|
1458 | break;
|
---|
1459 | case Qt::Key_E:
|
---|
1460 | moveCursor(MoveLineEnd, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1461 | break;
|
---|
1462 | case Qt::Key_N:
|
---|
1463 | moveCursor(MoveDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1464 | break;
|
---|
1465 | case Qt::Key_P:
|
---|
1466 | moveCursor(MoveUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
---|
1467 | break;
|
---|
1468 | case Qt::Key_Z:
|
---|
1469 | if(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)
|
---|
1470 | redo();
|
---|
1471 | else
|
---|
1472 | undo();
|
---|
1473 | break;
|
---|
1474 | case Qt::Key_Y:
|
---|
1475 | redo();
|
---|
1476 | break;
|
---|
1477 | case Qt::Key_K:
|
---|
1478 | doKeyboardAction(ActionKill);
|
---|
1479 | break;
|
---|
1480 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1481 | case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
---|
1482 | copy();
|
---|
1483 | break;
|
---|
1484 | case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
---|
1485 | del();
|
---|
1486 | break;
|
---|
1487 | #endif
|
---|
1488 | default:
|
---|
1489 | unknownKey = false;
|
---|
1490 | break;
|
---|
1491 | }
|
---|
1492 | } else {
|
---|
1493 | unknownKey = true;
|
---|
1494 | }
|
---|
1495 | }
|
---|
1496 | }
|
---|
1497 |
|
---|
1498 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
1499 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
1500 | if (clearUndoRedoInfo)
|
---|
1501 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1502 | changeIntervalTimer->start(100, true);
|
---|
1503 | if (unknownKey)
|
---|
1504 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1505 | }
|
---|
1506 |
|
---|
1507 | /*!
|
---|
1508 | \reimp
|
---|
1509 | */
|
---|
1510 | void Q3TextEdit::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e)
|
---|
1511 | {
|
---|
1512 | if (isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
1513 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1514 | return;
|
---|
1515 | }
|
---|
1516 |
|
---|
1517 | if (hasSelectedText())
|
---|
1518 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1519 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1520 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
|
---|
1521 |
|
---|
1522 | bool oldupdate = updatesEnabled();
|
---|
1523 | if (oldupdate)
|
---|
1524 | setUpdatesEnabled(false);
|
---|
1525 | bool sigs_blocked = signalsBlocked();
|
---|
1526 | blockSignals(true);
|
---|
1527 | const int preeditSelectionBase = 31900;
|
---|
1528 | for (int i = 0; i < d->numPreeditSelections; ++i)
|
---|
1529 | doc->removeSelection(preeditSelectionBase + i);
|
---|
1530 | d->numPreeditSelections = 0;
|
---|
1531 |
|
---|
1532 | if (d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph()) {
|
---|
1533 | cursor->setIndex(d->preeditStart);
|
---|
1534 | cursor->paragraph()->remove(d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength);
|
---|
1535 | d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
|
---|
1536 | }
|
---|
1537 |
|
---|
1538 | if (!e->commitString().isEmpty() || e->replacementLength()) {
|
---|
1539 | int c = cursor->index(); // cursor position after insertion of commit string
|
---|
1540 | if (e->replacementStart() <= 0)
|
---|
1541 | c += e->commitString().length() + qMin(-e->replacementStart(), e->replacementLength());
|
---|
1542 | cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + e->replacementStart());
|
---|
1543 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
1544 | cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + e->replacementLength());
|
---|
1545 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
1546 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1547 | if (undoRedoInfo.type == UndoRedoInfo::IME)
|
---|
1548 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
|
---|
1549 | insert(e->commitString());
|
---|
1550 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
|
---|
1551 | cursor->setIndex(c);
|
---|
1552 | }
|
---|
1553 |
|
---|
1554 | if (!e->preeditString().isEmpty()) {
|
---|
1555 | d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
|
---|
1556 | d->preeditLength = e->preeditString().length();
|
---|
1557 | insert(e->preeditString());
|
---|
1558 | cursor->setIndex(d->preeditStart);
|
---|
1559 |
|
---|
1560 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
1561 | for (int i = 0; i < e->attributes().size(); ++i) {
|
---|
1562 | const QInputMethodEvent::Attribute &a = e->attributes().at(i);
|
---|
1563 | if (a.type == QInputMethodEvent::Cursor)
|
---|
1564 | cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + a.start);
|
---|
1565 | else if (a.type != QInputMethodEvent::TextFormat)
|
---|
1566 | continue;
|
---|
1567 | QTextCharFormat f = qvariant_cast<QTextFormat>(a.value).toCharFormat();
|
---|
1568 | if (f.isValid()) {
|
---|
1569 | Q3TextCursor c2 = c;
|
---|
1570 | c2.setIndex(c.index() + a.start);
|
---|
1571 | doc->setSelectionStart(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c2);
|
---|
1572 | c2.setIndex(c.index() + a.start + a.length);
|
---|
1573 | doc->setSelectionEnd(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c2);
|
---|
1574 |
|
---|
1575 | QColor c = f.hasProperty(QTextFormat::BackgroundBrush) ? f.background().color() : QColor();
|
---|
1576 | doc->setSelectionColor(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c);
|
---|
1577 | c = f.hasProperty(QTextFormat::ForegroundBrush) ? f.foreground().color() : QColor();
|
---|
1578 | doc->setSelectionTextColor(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c);
|
---|
1579 | if (f.fontUnderline()) {
|
---|
1580 | Q3TextParagraph *par = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1581 | Q3TextFormat f(*par->string()->at(d->preeditStart).format());
|
---|
1582 | f.setUnderline(true);
|
---|
1583 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
1584 | par->setFormat(d->preeditStart + a.start, a.length, f2);
|
---|
1585 | }
|
---|
1586 | ++d->numPreeditSelections;
|
---|
1587 | }
|
---|
1588 | }
|
---|
1589 | } else {
|
---|
1590 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
|
---|
1591 | }
|
---|
1592 | blockSignals(sigs_blocked);
|
---|
1593 | if (oldupdate)
|
---|
1594 | setUpdatesEnabled(true);
|
---|
1595 | if (!e->commitString().isEmpty())
|
---|
1596 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
1597 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1598 | }
|
---|
1599 |
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | static bool qtextedit_ignore_readonly = false;
|
---|
1602 |
|
---|
1603 | /*!
|
---|
1604 | Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
|
---|
1605 | key event handler.
|
---|
1606 | */
|
---|
1607 |
|
---|
1608 | void Q3TextEdit::doKeyboardAction(Q3TextEdit::KeyboardAction action)
|
---|
1609 | {
|
---|
1610 | if (isReadOnly() && !qtextedit_ignore_readonly)
|
---|
1611 | return;
|
---|
1612 |
|
---|
1613 | if (cursor->nestedDepth() != 0)
|
---|
1614 | return;
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1617 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
1618 | bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = true;
|
---|
1619 |
|
---|
1620 | switch (action) {
|
---|
1621 | case ActionWordDelete:
|
---|
1622 | case ActionDelete:
|
---|
1623 | if (action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd()) {
|
---|
1624 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
1625 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Delete);
|
---|
1626 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
1627 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1628 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1629 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
1630 | }
|
---|
1631 | int idx = cursor->index();
|
---|
1632 | do {
|
---|
1633 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert(undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at(idx++), true);
|
---|
1634 | } while (!cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition(idx));
|
---|
1635 | }
|
---|
1636 | cursor->remove();
|
---|
1637 | } else {
|
---|
1638 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1639 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1640 | if (action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd()) {
|
---|
1641 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
---|
1642 | } else {
|
---|
1643 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1644 | }
|
---|
1645 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1646 | removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
1647 | }
|
---|
1648 | break;
|
---|
1649 | case ActionWordBackspace:
|
---|
1650 | case ActionBackspace:
|
---|
1651 | if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText
|
---|
1652 | && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
---|
1653 | || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth())
|
---|
1654 | && cursor->index() == 0) {
|
---|
1655 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
1656 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1657 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1658 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1659 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1660 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
---|
1661 | }
|
---|
1662 | int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
|
---|
1663 | if (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1) {
|
---|
1664 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
---|
1665 | } else if (qMax(ldepth, 1) == 1) {
|
---|
1666 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
---|
1667 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(0);
|
---|
1668 | } else {
|
---|
1669 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(ldepth - 1);
|
---|
1670 | }
|
---|
1671 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1672 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1673 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1674 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1675 | return;
|
---|
1676 | }
|
---|
1677 |
|
---|
1678 | if (action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart()) {
|
---|
1679 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
1680 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Delete);
|
---|
1681 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
1682 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1683 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1684 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
1685 | }
|
---|
1686 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert(0, cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index()-1), true);
|
---|
1687 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
|
---|
1688 | }
|
---|
1689 | cursor->removePreviousChar();
|
---|
1690 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1691 | } else if (cursor->paragraph()->prev()
|
---|
1692 | || (action == ActionWordBackspace
|
---|
1693 | && !cursor->atParagStart())) {
|
---|
1694 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1695 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1696 | if (action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart()) {
|
---|
1697 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
1698 | } else {
|
---|
1699 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
1700 | }
|
---|
1701 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1702 | removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
1703 | }
|
---|
1704 | break;
|
---|
1705 | case ActionReturn:
|
---|
1706 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
1707 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Return);
|
---|
1708 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
1709 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1710 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1711 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
1712 | }
|
---|
1713 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += QString(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
1714 | }
|
---|
1715 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
---|
1716 | if (cursor->paragraph()->prev()) {
|
---|
1717 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
|
---|
1718 | lastFormatted->invalidate(0);
|
---|
1719 | }
|
---|
1720 | doUpdateCurrentFormat = false;
|
---|
1721 | break;
|
---|
1722 | case ActionKill:
|
---|
1723 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1724 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1725 | if (cursor->atParagEnd())
|
---|
1726 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1727 | else
|
---|
1728 | cursor->setIndex(cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1);
|
---|
1729 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
1730 | removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
1731 | break;
|
---|
1732 | }
|
---|
1733 |
|
---|
1734 | formatMore();
|
---|
1735 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1736 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1737 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1738 | if (doUpdateCurrentFormat)
|
---|
1739 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
1740 | setModified();
|
---|
1741 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
1742 | }
|
---|
1743 |
|
---|
1744 | void Q3TextEdit::readFormats(Q3TextCursor &c1, Q3TextCursor &c2, Q3TextString &text, bool fillStyles)
|
---|
1745 | {
|
---|
1746 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1747 | QDataStream styleStream(&undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly);
|
---|
1748 | #endif
|
---|
1749 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
1750 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
1751 | int lastIndex = text.length();
|
---|
1752 | if (c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph()) {
|
---|
1753 | for (int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i)
|
---|
1754 | text.insert(lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
---|
1755 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1756 | if (fillStyles) {
|
---|
1757 | styleStream << (int) 1;
|
---|
1758 | c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation(styleStream);
|
---|
1759 | }
|
---|
1760 | #endif
|
---|
1761 | } else {
|
---|
1762 | int i;
|
---|
1763 | for (i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i)
|
---|
1764 | text.insert(lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
---|
1765 | int num = 2; // start and end, being different
|
---|
1766 | text += QString(QLatin1Char('\n')); lastIndex++;
|
---|
1767 |
|
---|
1768 | if (c1.paragraph()->next() != c2.paragraph()) {
|
---|
1769 | num += text.appendParagraphs(c1.paragraph()->next(), c2.paragraph());
|
---|
1770 | lastIndex = text.length();
|
---|
1771 | }
|
---|
1772 |
|
---|
1773 | for (i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i)
|
---|
1774 | text.insert(i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
---|
1775 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1776 | if (fillStyles) {
|
---|
1777 | styleStream << num;
|
---|
1778 | for (Q3TextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next())
|
---|
1779 | p->writeStyleInformation(styleStream);
|
---|
1780 | }
|
---|
1781 | #endif
|
---|
1782 | }
|
---|
1783 | }
|
---|
1784 |
|
---|
1785 | /*!
|
---|
1786 | Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
|
---|
1787 | remove the selected text.
|
---|
1788 |
|
---|
1789 | \sa removeSelectedText()
|
---|
1790 | */
|
---|
1791 |
|
---|
1792 | void Q3TextEdit::removeSelection(int selNum)
|
---|
1793 | {
|
---|
1794 | doc->removeSelection(selNum);
|
---|
1795 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1796 | }
|
---|
1797 |
|
---|
1798 | /*!
|
---|
1799 | Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
|
---|
1800 | selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
|
---|
1801 |
|
---|
1802 | \sa selectedText removeSelection()
|
---|
1803 | */
|
---|
1804 |
|
---|
1805 | void Q3TextEdit::removeSelectedText(int selNum)
|
---|
1806 | {
|
---|
1807 | Q3TextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(selNum);
|
---|
1808 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
1809 | Q3TextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(selNum);
|
---|
1810 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | // ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
|
---|
1813 | if (c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth())
|
---|
1814 | return;
|
---|
1815 |
|
---|
1816 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i) {
|
---|
1817 | if (i == selNum)
|
---|
1818 | continue;
|
---|
1819 | doc->removeSelection(i);
|
---|
1820 | }
|
---|
1821 |
|
---|
1822 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
1823 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
1824 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected);
|
---|
1825 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
1826 | doc->selectionStart(selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index);
|
---|
1827 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
1828 | }
|
---|
1829 | readFormats(c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, true);
|
---|
1830 | }
|
---|
1831 |
|
---|
1832 | doc->removeSelectedText(selNum, cursor);
|
---|
1833 | if (cursor->isValid()) {
|
---|
1834 | lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
|
---|
1835 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1836 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1837 | formatMore();
|
---|
1838 | repaintContents();
|
---|
1839 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1840 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1841 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1842 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1843 | // there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
|
---|
1844 | // of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
|
---|
1845 | if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight())
|
---|
1846 | viewport()->repaint(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight());
|
---|
1847 | #endif
|
---|
1848 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1849 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
1850 | #endif
|
---|
1851 | } else {
|
---|
1852 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
1853 | delete cursor;
|
---|
1854 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
1855 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1856 | repaintContents();
|
---|
1857 | }
|
---|
1858 | setModified();
|
---|
1859 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
1860 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1861 | emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
1862 | }
|
---|
1863 |
|
---|
1864 | /*!
|
---|
1865 | Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
|
---|
1866 | used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
|
---|
1867 | text between the current cursor position and the new position
|
---|
1868 | should be selected.
|
---|
1869 | */
|
---|
1870 |
|
---|
1871 | void Q3TextEdit::moveCursor(Q3TextEdit::CursorAction action, bool select)
|
---|
1872 | {
|
---|
1873 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1874 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
1875 | return;
|
---|
1876 | #endif
|
---|
1877 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
1878 | Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
1879 | Q3TextCursor c2;
|
---|
1880 | #endif
|
---|
1881 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
1882 | if (select) {
|
---|
1883 | if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
---|
1884 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
1885 | moveCursor(action);
|
---|
1886 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
1887 | c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
1888 | if (c1 == c2)
|
---|
1889 | if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
|
---|
1890 | moveCursor(MoveEnd);
|
---|
1891 | else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
|
---|
1892 | moveCursor(MoveHome);
|
---|
1893 | #endif
|
---|
1894 | if (doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor)) {
|
---|
1895 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
---|
1896 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1897 | } else {
|
---|
1898 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1899 | }
|
---|
1900 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1901 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1902 | emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
1903 | } else {
|
---|
1904 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
1905 | Q3TextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
1906 | Q3TextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
1907 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
1908 | if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
|
---|
1909 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
---|
1910 | else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
|
---|
1911 | *cursor = cStart;
|
---|
1912 | if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
|
---|
1913 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
---|
1914 | else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
|
---|
1915 | *cursor = cStart;
|
---|
1916 | else
|
---|
1917 | moveCursor(action);
|
---|
1918 | c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
1919 | if (c1 == c2)
|
---|
1920 | if (action == MoveDown)
|
---|
1921 | moveCursor(MoveEnd);
|
---|
1922 | else if (action == MoveUp)
|
---|
1923 | moveCursor(MoveHome);
|
---|
1924 | #else
|
---|
1925 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
1926 | moveCursor(action);
|
---|
1927 | #endif
|
---|
1928 | if (!redraw) {
|
---|
1929 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1930 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1931 | } else {
|
---|
1932 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
---|
1933 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1934 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1935 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1936 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1937 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
1938 | #endif
|
---|
1939 | }
|
---|
1940 | if (redraw) {
|
---|
1941 | emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
1942 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1943 | }
|
---|
1944 | }
|
---|
1945 |
|
---|
1946 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
1947 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
1948 | }
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | /*!
|
---|
1951 | \overload
|
---|
1952 | */
|
---|
1953 |
|
---|
1954 | void Q3TextEdit::moveCursor(Q3TextEdit::CursorAction action)
|
---|
1955 | {
|
---|
1956 | resetInputContext();
|
---|
1957 | switch (action) {
|
---|
1958 | case MoveBackward:
|
---|
1959 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
1960 | break;
|
---|
1961 | case MoveWordBackward:
|
---|
1962 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
1963 | break;
|
---|
1964 | case MoveForward:
|
---|
1965 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1966 | break;
|
---|
1967 | case MoveWordForward:
|
---|
1968 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
---|
1969 | break;
|
---|
1970 | case MoveUp:
|
---|
1971 | cursor->gotoUp();
|
---|
1972 | break;
|
---|
1973 | case MovePgUp:
|
---|
1974 | cursor->gotoPageUp(visibleHeight());
|
---|
1975 | break;
|
---|
1976 | case MoveDown:
|
---|
1977 | cursor->gotoDown();
|
---|
1978 | break;
|
---|
1979 | case MovePgDown:
|
---|
1980 | cursor->gotoPageDown(visibleHeight());
|
---|
1981 | break;
|
---|
1982 | case MoveLineStart:
|
---|
1983 | cursor->gotoLineStart();
|
---|
1984 | break;
|
---|
1985 | case MoveHome:
|
---|
1986 | cursor->gotoHome();
|
---|
1987 | break;
|
---|
1988 | case MoveLineEnd:
|
---|
1989 | cursor->gotoLineEnd();
|
---|
1990 | break;
|
---|
1991 | case MoveEnd:
|
---|
1992 | ensureFormatted(doc->lastParagraph());
|
---|
1993 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
---|
1994 | break;
|
---|
1995 | }
|
---|
1996 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
1997 | }
|
---|
1998 |
|
---|
1999 | /*!
|
---|
2000 | \reimp
|
---|
2001 | */
|
---|
2002 |
|
---|
2003 | void Q3TextEdit::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e)
|
---|
2004 | {
|
---|
2005 | Q3ScrollView::resizeEvent(e);
|
---|
2006 | if (doc->visibleWidth() == 0)
|
---|
2007 | doResize();
|
---|
2008 | }
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | /*!
|
---|
2011 | \reimp
|
---|
2012 | */
|
---|
2013 |
|
---|
2014 | void Q3TextEdit::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e)
|
---|
2015 | {
|
---|
2016 | Q3ScrollView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
|
---|
2017 | if (e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width()) {
|
---|
2018 | bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
|
---|
2019 | contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
|
---|
2020 | doResize();
|
---|
2021 | if (stayAtBottom)
|
---|
2022 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
2023 | }
|
---|
2024 | }
|
---|
2025 |
|
---|
2026 | /*!
|
---|
2027 | Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
|
---|
2028 | necessary.
|
---|
2029 |
|
---|
2030 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
2031 | */
|
---|
2032 |
|
---|
2033 | void Q3TextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
|
---|
2034 | {
|
---|
2035 | // Not visible or the user is dragging the window, so don't position to caret yet
|
---|
2036 | if (!updatesEnabled() || !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed()) {
|
---|
2037 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = true;
|
---|
2038 | return;
|
---|
2039 | }
|
---|
2040 | sync();
|
---|
2041 | Q3TextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index());
|
---|
2042 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
---|
2043 | int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
|
---|
2044 | int y = 0; int dummy;
|
---|
2045 | cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index(), &dummy, &y);
|
---|
2046 | y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
|
---|
2047 | int w = 1;
|
---|
2048 | ensureVisible(x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2);
|
---|
2049 | }
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | /*!
|
---|
2052 | \internal
|
---|
2053 | */
|
---|
2054 | void Q3TextEdit::sliderReleased()
|
---|
2055 | {
|
---|
2056 | if (d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible()) {
|
---|
2057 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = false;
|
---|
2058 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2059 | }
|
---|
2060 | }
|
---|
2061 |
|
---|
2062 | /*!
|
---|
2063 | \internal
|
---|
2064 |
|
---|
2065 | If \a visible is true, the cursor is shown; otherwise it is
|
---|
2066 | hidden.
|
---|
2067 | */
|
---|
2068 | void Q3TextEdit::drawCursor(bool visible)
|
---|
2069 | {
|
---|
2070 | d->cursorRepaintMode = true;
|
---|
2071 | blinkCursorVisible = visible;
|
---|
2072 | QRect r(cursor->topParagraph()->rect());
|
---|
2073 | if (!cursor->nestedDepth()) {
|
---|
2074 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
---|
2075 | r = QRect(r.x(), r.y() + cursor->y(), r.width(), h);
|
---|
2076 | }
|
---|
2077 | r.moveBy(-contentsX(), -contentsY());
|
---|
2078 | viewport()->update(r);
|
---|
2079 | }
|
---|
2080 |
|
---|
2081 | enum {
|
---|
2082 | IdUndo = 0,
|
---|
2083 | IdRedo = 1,
|
---|
2084 | IdCut = 2,
|
---|
2085 | IdCopy = 3,
|
---|
2086 | IdPaste = 4,
|
---|
2087 | IdClear = 5,
|
---|
2088 | IdSelectAll = 6
|
---|
2089 | };
|
---|
2090 |
|
---|
2091 | /*!
|
---|
2092 | \reimp
|
---|
2093 | */
|
---|
2094 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
2095 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsWheelEvent(QWheelEvent *e)
|
---|
2096 | {
|
---|
2097 | if (isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
2098 | if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
---|
2099 | if (e->delta() > 0)
|
---|
2100 | zoomOut();
|
---|
2101 | else if (e->delta() < 0)
|
---|
2102 | zoomIn();
|
---|
2103 | return;
|
---|
2104 | }
|
---|
2105 | }
|
---|
2106 | Q3ScrollView::contentsWheelEvent(e);
|
---|
2107 | }
|
---|
2108 | #endif
|
---|
2109 |
|
---|
2110 | /*!
|
---|
2111 | \reimp
|
---|
2112 | */
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
|
---|
2115 | {
|
---|
2116 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2117 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
2118 | optimMousePressEvent(e);
|
---|
2119 | return;
|
---|
2120 | }
|
---|
2121 | #endif
|
---|
2122 |
|
---|
2123 | #if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
---|
2124 | if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton && d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph()) {
|
---|
2125 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
2126 | placeCursor(e->pos(), &c, false);
|
---|
2127 | inputContext()->mouseHandler(c.index() - d->preeditStart, e);
|
---|
2128 | if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
---|
2129 | return;
|
---|
2130 | }
|
---|
2131 | #endif
|
---|
2132 |
|
---|
2133 | if (d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
|
---|
2134 | (e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint).manhattanLength() <
|
---|
2135 | QApplication::startDragDistance()) {
|
---|
2136 | Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
2137 | Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2138 | c1.gotoLineStart();
|
---|
2139 | c2.gotoLineEnd();
|
---|
2140 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
---|
2141 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
---|
2142 | *cursor = c2;
|
---|
2143 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2144 | mousePressed = true;
|
---|
2145 | return;
|
---|
2146 | }
|
---|
2147 |
|
---|
2148 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
2149 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2150 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
2151 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
2152 | mightStartDrag = false;
|
---|
2153 | pressedLink.clear();
|
---|
2154 | d->pressedName.clear();
|
---|
2155 |
|
---|
2156 | if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
|
---|
2157 | mousePressed = true;
|
---|
2158 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2159 | placeCursor(e->pos());
|
---|
2160 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2161 |
|
---|
2162 | if (isReadOnly() && linksEnabled()) {
|
---|
2163 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
2164 | placeCursor(e->pos(), &c, true);
|
---|
2165 | if (c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at(c.index()) &&
|
---|
2166 | c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->isAnchor()) {
|
---|
2167 | pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
---|
2168 | d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
---|
2169 | }
|
---|
2170 | }
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2173 | if (doc->inSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, e->pos())) {
|
---|
2174 | mightStartDrag = true;
|
---|
2175 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2176 | dragStartTimer->start(QApplication::startDragTime(), true);
|
---|
2177 | dragStartPos = e->pos();
|
---|
2178 | return;
|
---|
2179 | }
|
---|
2180 | #endif
|
---|
2181 |
|
---|
2182 | bool redraw = false;
|
---|
2183 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
2184 | if (!(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)) {
|
---|
2185 | redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2186 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
2187 | } else {
|
---|
2188 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
---|
2189 | }
|
---|
2190 | } else {
|
---|
2191 | if (isReadOnly() || !(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)) {
|
---|
2192 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
2193 | } else {
|
---|
2194 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c);
|
---|
2195 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
---|
2196 | }
|
---|
2197 | }
|
---|
2198 |
|
---|
2199 | for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
2200 | redraw = doc->removeSelection(i) || redraw;
|
---|
2201 |
|
---|
2202 | if (!redraw) {
|
---|
2203 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2204 | } else {
|
---|
2205 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2206 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2207 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2208 | #endif
|
---|
2209 | }
|
---|
2210 | } else if (e->button() == Qt::MidButton) {
|
---|
2211 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2212 | if (!redraw) {
|
---|
2213 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2214 | } else {
|
---|
2215 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2216 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2217 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2218 | #endif
|
---|
2219 | }
|
---|
2220 | }
|
---|
2221 |
|
---|
2222 | if (*cursor != oldCursor)
|
---|
2223 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
2224 | }
|
---|
2225 |
|
---|
2226 | /*!
|
---|
2227 | \reimp
|
---|
2228 | */
|
---|
2229 |
|
---|
2230 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
|
---|
2231 | {
|
---|
2232 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2233 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
2234 | optimMouseMoveEvent(e);
|
---|
2235 | return;
|
---|
2236 | }
|
---|
2237 | #endif
|
---|
2238 |
|
---|
2239 | #if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
---|
2240 | if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
---|
2241 | return;
|
---|
2242 | #endif
|
---|
2243 |
|
---|
2244 | if (mousePressed) {
|
---|
2245 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2246 | if (mightStartDrag) {
|
---|
2247 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
---|
2248 | if ((e->pos() - dragStartPos).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance())
|
---|
2249 | startDrag();
|
---|
2250 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2251 | if (!isReadOnly())
|
---|
2252 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2253 | #endif
|
---|
2254 | return;
|
---|
2255 | }
|
---|
2256 | #endif
|
---|
2257 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
2258 | handleMouseMove(mousePos);
|
---|
2259 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
---|
2260 | }
|
---|
2261 |
|
---|
2262 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2263 | if (!isReadOnly() && !mousePressed) {
|
---|
2264 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) && doc->inSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, e->pos()))
|
---|
2265 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
|
---|
2266 | else
|
---|
2267 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2268 | }
|
---|
2269 | #endif
|
---|
2270 | updateCursor(e->pos());
|
---|
2271 | }
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | void Q3TextEdit::copyToClipboard()
|
---|
2274 | {
|
---|
2275 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2276 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2277 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2278 |
|
---|
2279 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
2280 | disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
2281 | copy();
|
---|
2282 | // listen to selection changes
|
---|
2283 | connect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
---|
2284 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()));
|
---|
2285 |
|
---|
2286 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2287 | }
|
---|
2288 | #endif
|
---|
2289 | }
|
---|
2290 |
|
---|
2291 | /*!
|
---|
2292 | \reimp
|
---|
2293 | */
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
---|
2296 | {
|
---|
2297 | if (!inDoubleClick) { // could be the release of a dblclick
|
---|
2298 | int para = 0;
|
---|
2299 | int index = charAt(e->pos(), ¶);
|
---|
2300 | emit clicked(para, index);
|
---|
2301 | }
|
---|
2302 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2303 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
2304 | optimMouseReleaseEvent(e);
|
---|
2305 | return;
|
---|
2306 | }
|
---|
2307 | #endif
|
---|
2308 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2309 | if (scrollTimer->isActive())
|
---|
2310 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
2311 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2312 | if (dragStartTimer->isActive())
|
---|
2313 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
---|
2314 | if (mightStartDrag) {
|
---|
2315 | selectAll(false);
|
---|
2316 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
2317 | }
|
---|
2318 | #endif
|
---|
2319 | if (mousePressed) {
|
---|
2320 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
2321 | copyToClipboard();
|
---|
2322 | }
|
---|
2323 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2324 | else if (e->button() == Qt::MidButton && !isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
2325 | // only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
|
---|
2326 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2327 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2328 | placeCursor(e->pos());
|
---|
2329 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2330 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, oldCursor);
|
---|
2331 | bool redraw = false;
|
---|
2332 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
2333 | redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2334 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
2335 | } else {
|
---|
2336 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
2337 | }
|
---|
2338 | // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
2339 | for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
---|
2340 | redraw = doc->removeSelection(i) || redraw;
|
---|
2341 | if (!redraw) {
|
---|
2342 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2343 | } else {
|
---|
2344 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2345 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2346 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2347 | #endif
|
---|
2348 | }
|
---|
2349 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2350 | paste();
|
---|
2351 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2352 | }
|
---|
2353 | }
|
---|
2354 | #endif
|
---|
2355 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
2356 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
2357 | if (oldCursor != *cursor)
|
---|
2358 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
2359 | inDoubleClick = false;
|
---|
2360 |
|
---|
2361 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
2362 | if (( (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
|
---|
2363 | || (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
|
---|
2364 | && linksEnabled()) {
|
---|
2365 | if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
2366 | QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(onLink);
|
---|
2367 | emitLinkClicked(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
---|
2368 | }
|
---|
2369 | if (Q3TextBrowser *browser = qobject_cast<Q3TextBrowser*>(this))
|
---|
2370 | emit browser->anchorClicked(d->onName, onLink);
|
---|
2371 |
|
---|
2372 | // emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
|
---|
2373 | // up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
|
---|
2374 | // set the appropriate cursor shape
|
---|
2375 | updateCursor(e->pos());
|
---|
2376 | }
|
---|
2377 | #endif
|
---|
2378 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2379 | if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true))
|
---|
2380 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2381 |
|
---|
2382 | emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
2383 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
2384 | }
|
---|
2385 |
|
---|
2386 | /*!
|
---|
2387 | \reimp
|
---|
2388 | */
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
---|
2391 | {
|
---|
2392 | if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton) {
|
---|
2393 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2394 | return;
|
---|
2395 | }
|
---|
2396 | #if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
---|
2397 | if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
---|
2398 | return;
|
---|
2399 | #endif
|
---|
2400 |
|
---|
2401 | int para = 0;
|
---|
2402 | int index = charAt(e->pos(), ¶);
|
---|
2403 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2404 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
2405 | QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)];
|
---|
2406 | int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
|
---|
2407 | if (!str[index].isSpace()) {
|
---|
2408 | i = startIdx;
|
---|
2409 | // find start of word
|
---|
2410 | while (i >= 0 && !str[i].isSpace()) {
|
---|
2411 | startIdx = i--;
|
---|
2412 | }
|
---|
2413 | i = endIdx;
|
---|
2414 | // find end of word..
|
---|
2415 | while (i < str.length() && !str[i].isSpace()) {
|
---|
2416 | endIdx = ++i;
|
---|
2417 | }
|
---|
2418 | // ..and start of next
|
---|
2419 | while (i < str.length() && str[i].isSpace()) {
|
---|
2420 | endIdx = ++i;
|
---|
2421 | }
|
---|
2422 | optimSetSelection(para, startIdx, para, endIdx);
|
---|
2423 | repaintContents();
|
---|
2424 | }
|
---|
2425 | } else
|
---|
2426 | #endif
|
---|
2427 | {
|
---|
2428 | Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
2429 | Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2430 | #if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
---|
2431 | Q3TextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
2432 | if (cursor->isValid()) {
|
---|
2433 | if (para->at(cursor->index())->c.isLetterOrNumber()) {
|
---|
2434 | while (c1.index() > 0 &&
|
---|
2435 | c1.paragraph()->at(c1.index()-1)->c.isLetterOrNumber())
|
---|
2436 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
2437 | while (c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
|
---|
2438 | !c2.atParagEnd())
|
---|
2439 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2440 | } else if (para->at(cursor->index())->c.isSpace()) {
|
---|
2441 | while (c1.index() > 0 &&
|
---|
2442 | c1.paragraph()->at(c1.index()-1)->c.isSpace())
|
---|
2443 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
2444 | while (c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->c.isSpace() &&
|
---|
2445 | !c2.atParagEnd())
|
---|
2446 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2447 | } else if (!c2.atParagEnd()) {
|
---|
2448 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2449 | }
|
---|
2450 | }
|
---|
2451 | #else
|
---|
2452 | if (cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index()-1)->c.isSpace())
|
---|
2453 | c1.gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
2454 | if (!cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd())
|
---|
2455 | c2.gotoNextWord();
|
---|
2456 | #endif
|
---|
2457 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
---|
2458 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
---|
2459 |
|
---|
2460 | *cursor = c2;
|
---|
2461 |
|
---|
2462 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2463 |
|
---|
2464 | d->trippleClickTimer->start(qApp->doubleClickInterval(), true);
|
---|
2465 | d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
|
---|
2466 | }
|
---|
2467 | inDoubleClick = true;
|
---|
2468 | mousePressed = true;
|
---|
2469 | emit doubleClicked(para, index);
|
---|
2470 | }
|
---|
2471 |
|
---|
2472 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2473 |
|
---|
2474 | /*!
|
---|
2475 | \reimp
|
---|
2476 | */
|
---|
2477 |
|
---|
2478 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *e)
|
---|
2479 | {
|
---|
2480 | if (isReadOnly() || !Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
---|
2481 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2482 | return;
|
---|
2483 | }
|
---|
2484 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2485 | inDnD = true;
|
---|
2486 | }
|
---|
2487 |
|
---|
2488 | /*!
|
---|
2489 | \reimp
|
---|
2490 | */
|
---|
2491 |
|
---|
2492 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *e)
|
---|
2493 | {
|
---|
2494 | if (isReadOnly() || !Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
---|
2495 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2496 | return;
|
---|
2497 | }
|
---|
2498 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2499 | placeCursor(e->pos(), cursor);
|
---|
2500 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2501 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2502 | }
|
---|
2503 |
|
---|
2504 | /*!
|
---|
2505 | \reimp
|
---|
2506 | */
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *)
|
---|
2509 | {
|
---|
2510 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2511 | inDnD = false;
|
---|
2512 | }
|
---|
2513 |
|
---|
2514 | /*!
|
---|
2515 | \reimp
|
---|
2516 | */
|
---|
2517 |
|
---|
2518 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsDropEvent(QDropEvent *e)
|
---|
2519 | {
|
---|
2520 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
2521 | return;
|
---|
2522 | inDnD = false;
|
---|
2523 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2524 | bool intern = false;
|
---|
2525 | if (Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
---|
2526 | bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2527 | bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
|
---|
2528 | int dropId, dropIndex;
|
---|
2529 | Q3TextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2530 | dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2531 | dropIndex = cursor->index();
|
---|
2532 | if (hasSel && internalDrag) {
|
---|
2533 | Q3TextCursor c1, c2;
|
---|
2534 | int selStartId, selStartIndex;
|
---|
2535 | int selEndId, selEndIndex;
|
---|
2536 | c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2537 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
2538 | c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2539 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
2540 | selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2541 | selStartIndex = c1.index();
|
---|
2542 | selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2543 | selEndIndex = c2.index();
|
---|
2544 | if (((dropId > selStartId) ||
|
---|
2545 | (dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex)) &&
|
---|
2546 | ((dropId < selEndId) ||
|
---|
2547 | (dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex)))
|
---|
2548 | insertCursor = c1;
|
---|
2549 | if (dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex) {
|
---|
2550 | insertCursor = c1;
|
---|
2551 | if (selStartId == selEndId) {
|
---|
2552 | insertCursor.setIndex(dropIndex -
|
---|
2553 | (selEndIndex - selStartIndex));
|
---|
2554 | } else {
|
---|
2555 | insertCursor.setIndex(dropIndex - selEndIndex +
|
---|
2556 | selStartIndex);
|
---|
2557 | }
|
---|
2558 | }
|
---|
2559 | }
|
---|
2560 |
|
---|
2561 | if (internalDrag && e->action() == QDropEvent::Move) {
|
---|
2562 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
2563 | intern = true;
|
---|
2564 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2565 | } else {
|
---|
2566 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
2567 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2568 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
2569 | #endif
|
---|
2570 | }
|
---|
2571 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2572 | cursor->setParagraph(insertCursor.paragraph());
|
---|
2573 | cursor->setIndex(insertCursor.index());
|
---|
2574 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2575 | if (!cursor->nestedDepth()) {
|
---|
2576 | QString subType = QLatin1String("plain");
|
---|
2577 | if (textFormat() != Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
2578 | if (e->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
---|
2579 | subType = QLatin1String("x-qrichtext");
|
---|
2580 | }
|
---|
2581 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2582 | pasteSubType(subType.toLatin1(), e);
|
---|
2583 | #endif
|
---|
2584 | // emit appropriate signals.
|
---|
2585 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
2586 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
2587 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
2588 | } else {
|
---|
2589 | if (intern)
|
---|
2590 | undo();
|
---|
2591 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2592 | }
|
---|
2593 | }
|
---|
2594 | }
|
---|
2595 |
|
---|
2596 | #endif
|
---|
2597 |
|
---|
2598 | /*!
|
---|
2599 | \reimp
|
---|
2600 | */
|
---|
2601 | void Q3TextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e)
|
---|
2602 | {
|
---|
2603 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
2604 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
2605 |
|
---|
2606 | e->accept();
|
---|
2607 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
---|
2608 | Q3PopupMenu *popup = createPopupMenu(e->pos());
|
---|
2609 | if (!popup)
|
---|
2610 | popup = createPopupMenu();
|
---|
2611 | if (!popup)
|
---|
2612 | return;
|
---|
2613 | int r = popup->exec(e->globalPos(), -1);
|
---|
2614 | delete popup;
|
---|
2615 |
|
---|
2616 | if (r == d->id[IdClear])
|
---|
2617 | clear();
|
---|
2618 | else if (r == d->id[IdSelectAll]) {
|
---|
2619 | selectAll();
|
---|
2620 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2621 | // if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
|
---|
2622 | // the clipboard
|
---|
2623 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2624 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2625 |
|
---|
2626 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
2627 | disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
2628 | copy();
|
---|
2629 | // listen to selection changes
|
---|
2630 | connect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
---|
2631 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()));
|
---|
2632 |
|
---|
2633 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2634 | }
|
---|
2635 | #endif
|
---|
2636 | } else if (r == d->id[IdUndo])
|
---|
2637 | undo();
|
---|
2638 | else if (r == d->id[IdRedo])
|
---|
2639 | redo();
|
---|
2640 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2641 | else if (r == d->id[IdCut])
|
---|
2642 | cut();
|
---|
2643 | else if (r == d->id[IdCopy])
|
---|
2644 | copy();
|
---|
2645 | else if (r == d->id[IdPaste])
|
---|
2646 | paste();
|
---|
2647 | #endif
|
---|
2648 | #endif
|
---|
2649 | }
|
---|
2650 |
|
---|
2651 |
|
---|
2652 | void Q3TextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
|
---|
2653 | {
|
---|
2654 | if (mousePressed)
|
---|
2655 | handleMouseMove( viewportToContents(viewport()->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ));
|
---|
2656 | }
|
---|
2657 |
|
---|
2658 | void Q3TextEdit::handleMouseMove(const QPoint& pos)
|
---|
2659 | {
|
---|
2660 | if (!mousePressed)
|
---|
2661 | return;
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | if ((!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY()) || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight())
|
---|
2664 | scrollTimer->start(100, false);
|
---|
2665 | else if (scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight())
|
---|
2666 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
2667 |
|
---|
2668 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2669 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2670 |
|
---|
2671 | placeCursor(pos);
|
---|
2672 |
|
---|
2673 | if (inDoubleClick) {
|
---|
2674 | Q3TextCursor cl = *cursor;
|
---|
2675 | cl.gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
2676 | Q3TextCursor cr = *cursor;
|
---|
2677 | cr.gotoNextWord();
|
---|
2678 |
|
---|
2679 | int diff = QABS(oldCursor.paragraph()->at(oldCursor.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
---|
2680 | int ldiff = QABS(cl.paragraph()->at(cl.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
---|
2681 | int rdiff = QABS(cr.paragraph()->at(cr.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
---|
2682 |
|
---|
2683 |
|
---|
2684 | if (cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar(cursor->index()) !=
|
---|
2685 | oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar(oldCursor.index()))
|
---|
2686 | diff = 0xFFFFFF;
|
---|
2687 |
|
---|
2688 | if (rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff)
|
---|
2689 | *cursor = cr;
|
---|
2690 | else if (ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff)
|
---|
2691 | *cursor = cl;
|
---|
2692 | else
|
---|
2693 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
---|
2694 |
|
---|
2695 | }
|
---|
2696 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2697 |
|
---|
2698 | bool redraw = false;
|
---|
2699 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
2700 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
---|
2701 | }
|
---|
2702 |
|
---|
2703 | if (!redraw) {
|
---|
2704 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2705 | } else {
|
---|
2706 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2707 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2708 | }
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | if (currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->format()->key()) {
|
---|
2711 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
2712 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->format());
|
---|
2713 | if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
---|
2714 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
2715 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color());
|
---|
2716 | }
|
---|
2717 | emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
---|
2718 | emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
---|
2719 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
---|
2720 | }
|
---|
2721 |
|
---|
2722 | if (currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment()) {
|
---|
2723 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
---|
2724 | block_set_alignment = true;
|
---|
2725 | emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
---|
2726 | block_set_alignment = false;
|
---|
2727 | }
|
---|
2728 | }
|
---|
2729 |
|
---|
2730 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
2731 |
|
---|
2732 | void Q3TextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &pos, Q3TextCursor *c, bool link)
|
---|
2733 | {
|
---|
2734 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2735 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
2736 | return;
|
---|
2737 | #endif
|
---|
2738 | if (!c)
|
---|
2739 | c = cursor;
|
---|
2740 |
|
---|
2741 | if(c == cursor)
|
---|
2742 | resetInputContext();
|
---|
2743 | c->restoreState();
|
---|
2744 | Q3TextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2745 | c->place(pos, s, link);
|
---|
2746 | }
|
---|
2747 |
|
---|
2748 |
|
---|
2749 | QVariant Q3TextEdit::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const
|
---|
2750 | {
|
---|
2751 | Q3TextCursor c(*cursor);
|
---|
2752 |
|
---|
2753 | switch(query) {
|
---|
2754 | case Qt::ImMicroFocus: {
|
---|
2755 | int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
---|
2756 | return QRect(c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
|
---|
2757 | c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 1, h);
|
---|
2758 | }
|
---|
2759 | case Qt::ImFont:
|
---|
2760 | return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->format()->font();
|
---|
2761 | default:
|
---|
2762 | // ##### fix the others!
|
---|
2763 | return QWidget::inputMethodQuery(query);
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 | }
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 |
|
---|
2768 |
|
---|
2769 | void Q3TextEdit::formatMore()
|
---|
2770 | {
|
---|
2771 | if (!lastFormatted)
|
---|
2772 | return;
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | int bottom = contentsHeight();
|
---|
2775 | int lastTop = -1;
|
---|
2776 | int lastBottom = -1;
|
---|
2777 | int to = 20;
|
---|
2778 | bool firstVisible = false;
|
---|
2779 | QRect cr(contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight());
|
---|
2780 | for (int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
|
---|
2781 | (i < to || (firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height()));
|
---|
2782 | i++) {
|
---|
2783 | lastFormatted->format();
|
---|
2784 | lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
|
---|
2785 | lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
|
---|
2786 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
2787 | firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
|
---|
2788 | bottom = qMax(bottom, lastBottom);
|
---|
2789 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
---|
2790 | }
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | if (bottom > contentsHeight()) {
|
---|
2793 | resizeContents(contentsWidth(), qMax(doc->height(), bottom));
|
---|
2794 | } else if (!lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight()) {
|
---|
2795 | resizeContents(contentsWidth(), qMax(doc->height(), lastBottom));
|
---|
2796 | if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight())
|
---|
2797 | updateContents(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
---|
2798 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight());
|
---|
2799 | }
|
---|
2800 |
|
---|
2801 | if (lastFormatted)
|
---|
2802 | formatTimer->start(interval, true);
|
---|
2803 | else
|
---|
2804 | interval = qMax(0, interval);
|
---|
2805 | }
|
---|
2806 |
|
---|
2807 | void Q3TextEdit::doResize()
|
---|
2808 | {
|
---|
2809 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2810 | if (!d->optimMode)
|
---|
2811 | #endif
|
---|
2812 | {
|
---|
2813 | if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth)
|
---|
2814 | return;
|
---|
2815 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
2816 | resizeContents(0, 0);
|
---|
2817 | doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
---|
2818 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
2819 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2820 | interval = 0;
|
---|
2821 | formatMore();
|
---|
2822 | }
|
---|
2823 | repaintContents();
|
---|
2824 | }
|
---|
2825 |
|
---|
2826 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
2827 |
|
---|
2828 | void Q3TextEdit::doChangeInterval()
|
---|
2829 | {
|
---|
2830 | interval = 0;
|
---|
2831 | }
|
---|
2832 |
|
---|
2833 | /*!
|
---|
2834 | \reimp
|
---|
2835 | */
|
---|
2836 |
|
---|
2837 | bool Q3TextEdit::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e)
|
---|
2838 | {
|
---|
2839 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2840 | if (!d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport())) {
|
---|
2841 | #else
|
---|
2842 | if (o == this || o == viewport()) {
|
---|
2843 | #endif
|
---|
2844 | if (d->cursorBlinkActive && e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn) {
|
---|
2845 | if (QApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0)
|
---|
2846 | blinkTimer->start(QApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2);
|
---|
2847 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2848 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) {
|
---|
2849 | blinkTimer->stop();
|
---|
2850 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2851 | }
|
---|
2852 | }
|
---|
2853 |
|
---|
2854 | if (o == this && e->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange) {
|
---|
2855 | QColor old(viewport()->palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
---|
2856 | if (old != palette().color(QPalette::Text)) {
|
---|
2857 | QColor c(palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
---|
2858 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
2859 | doc->setDefaultFormat(doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c);
|
---|
2860 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2861 | formatMore();
|
---|
2862 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2863 | }
|
---|
2864 | }
|
---|
2865 |
|
---|
2866 | return Q3ScrollView::eventFilter(o, e);
|
---|
2867 | }
|
---|
2868 |
|
---|
2869 | /*!
|
---|
2870 | Inserts the given \a text. If \a indent is true the paragraph that
|
---|
2871 | contains the text is reindented; if \a checkNewLine is true the \a
|
---|
2872 | text is checked for newlines and relaid out. If \a removeSelected
|
---|
2873 | is true and there is a selection, the insertion replaces the
|
---|
2874 | selected text.
|
---|
2875 | */
|
---|
2876 | void Q3TextEdit::insert(const QString &text, bool indent,
|
---|
2877 | bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected)
|
---|
2878 | {
|
---|
2879 | uint f = 0;
|
---|
2880 | if (indent)
|
---|
2881 | f |= RedoIndentation;
|
---|
2882 | if (checkNewLine)
|
---|
2883 | f |= CheckNewLines;
|
---|
2884 | if (removeSelected)
|
---|
2885 | f |= RemoveSelected;
|
---|
2886 | insert(text, f);
|
---|
2887 | }
|
---|
2888 |
|
---|
2889 | /*!
|
---|
2890 | Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
|
---|
2891 |
|
---|
2892 | The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
|
---|
2893 | RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
|
---|
2894 | CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
|
---|
2895 | line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
|
---|
2896 | the behavior of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
|
---|
2897 | newlines. (It is not possible to change Q3TextEdit's newline handling
|
---|
2898 | behavior, but you can use QString::replace() to preprocess text
|
---|
2899 | before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
|
---|
2900 | text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
|
---|
2901 |
|
---|
2902 | The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
|
---|
2903 |
|
---|
2904 | If the widget is in Qt::LogText mode this function will do nothing.
|
---|
2905 |
|
---|
2906 | \sa paste() pasteSubType()
|
---|
2907 | */
|
---|
2908 |
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | void Q3TextEdit::insert(const QString &text, uint insertionFlags)
|
---|
2911 | {
|
---|
2912 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2913 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
2914 | return;
|
---|
2915 | #endif
|
---|
2916 |
|
---|
2917 | if (cursor->nestedDepth() != 0) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
---|
2918 | return;
|
---|
2919 |
|
---|
2920 | bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
|
---|
2921 | bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
|
---|
2922 | bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
|
---|
2923 | QString txt(text);
|
---|
2924 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
2925 | if (!isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) && removeSelected)
|
---|
2926 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
2927 | Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2928 | int oldLen = 0;
|
---|
2929 |
|
---|
2930 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
|
---|
2931 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Insert);
|
---|
2932 |
|
---|
2933 | // If we are inserting at the end of the previous insertion, we keep this in
|
---|
2934 | // the same undo/redo command. Otherwise, we separate them in two different commands.
|
---|
2935 | if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && undoRedoInfo.index + undoRedoInfo.d->text.length() != cursor->index()) {
|
---|
2936 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
2937 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Insert;
|
---|
2938 | }
|
---|
2939 |
|
---|
2940 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
2941 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2942 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
2943 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
2944 | }
|
---|
2945 | oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
---|
2946 | }
|
---|
2947 |
|
---|
2948 | lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
|
---|
2949 | cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
2950 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2951 | cursor->insert(txt, checkNewLine);
|
---|
2952 | if (doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor()) {
|
---|
2953 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldCursor);
|
---|
2954 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
2955 | doc->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, Q3TextFormat::Format);
|
---|
2956 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
2957 | }
|
---|
2958 |
|
---|
2959 | if (indent && (txt == QString(QLatin1Char('{')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char('}')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char(':')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char('#'))))
|
---|
2960 | cursor->indent();
|
---|
2961 | formatMore();
|
---|
2962 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2963 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2964 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
2965 |
|
---|
2966 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
|
---|
2967 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
---|
2968 | if (!doc->preProcessor()) {
|
---|
2969 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i) {
|
---|
2970 | if (txt[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format()) {
|
---|
2971 | c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format()->addRef();
|
---|
2972 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
---|
2973 | setFormat(oldLen + i,
|
---|
2974 | c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format(), true);
|
---|
2975 | }
|
---|
2976 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2977 | }
|
---|
2978 | }
|
---|
2979 | }
|
---|
2980 |
|
---|
2981 | if (!removeSelected) {
|
---|
2982 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, oldCursor);
|
---|
2983 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
---|
2984 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2985 | }
|
---|
2986 |
|
---|
2987 | setModified();
|
---|
2988 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
2989 | }
|
---|
2990 |
|
---|
2991 | /*!
|
---|
2992 | Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
|
---|
2993 | */
|
---|
2994 |
|
---|
2995 | void Q3TextEdit::insertAt(const QString &text, int para, int index)
|
---|
2996 | {
|
---|
2997 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2998 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
2999 | optimInsert(text, para, index);
|
---|
3000 | return;
|
---|
3001 | }
|
---|
3002 | #endif
|
---|
3003 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
3004 | if (!p)
|
---|
3005 | return;
|
---|
3006 | removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3007 | Q3TextCursor tmp = *cursor;
|
---|
3008 | cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
---|
3009 | cursor->setIndex(index);
|
---|
3010 | insert(text, false, true, false);
|
---|
3011 | *cursor = tmp;
|
---|
3012 | removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3013 | }
|
---|
3014 |
|
---|
3015 | /*!
|
---|
3016 | Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
|
---|
3017 | is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
|
---|
3018 | is performance critical.
|
---|
3019 | */
|
---|
3020 |
|
---|
3021 | void Q3TextEdit::insertParagraph(const QString &text, int para)
|
---|
3022 | {
|
---|
3023 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3024 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
3025 | optimInsert(text + QLatin1Char('\n'), para, 0);
|
---|
3026 | return;
|
---|
3027 | }
|
---|
3028 | #endif
|
---|
3029 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
---|
3030 | doc->removeSelection(i);
|
---|
3031 |
|
---|
3032 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
3033 |
|
---|
3034 | bool append = !p;
|
---|
3035 | if (!p)
|
---|
3036 | p = doc->lastParagraph();
|
---|
3037 |
|
---|
3038 | Q3TextCursor old = *cursor;
|
---|
3039 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3040 |
|
---|
3041 | cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
---|
3042 | cursor->setIndex(0);
|
---|
3043 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3044 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = true;
|
---|
3045 | if (append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1) {
|
---|
3046 | cursor->setIndex(cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1);
|
---|
3047 | doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
---|
3048 | }
|
---|
3049 | insert(text, false, true, true);
|
---|
3050 | doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
---|
3051 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = false;
|
---|
3052 |
|
---|
3053 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3054 | *cursor = old;
|
---|
3055 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3056 |
|
---|
3057 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3058 | }
|
---|
3059 |
|
---|
3060 | /*!
|
---|
3061 | Removes the paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3062 | */
|
---|
3063 |
|
---|
3064 | void Q3TextEdit::removeParagraph(int para)
|
---|
3065 | {
|
---|
3066 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3067 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
3068 | return;
|
---|
3069 | #endif
|
---|
3070 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
3071 | if (!p)
|
---|
3072 | return;
|
---|
3073 |
|
---|
3074 | for (int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
---|
3075 | doc->removeSelection(i);
|
---|
3076 |
|
---|
3077 | Q3TextCursor start(doc);
|
---|
3078 | Q3TextCursor end(doc);
|
---|
3079 | start.setParagraph(p);
|
---|
3080 | start.setIndex(0);
|
---|
3081 | end.setParagraph(p);
|
---|
3082 | end.setIndex(p->length() - 1);
|
---|
3083 |
|
---|
3084 | if (!(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph())) {
|
---|
3085 | if (p->next()) {
|
---|
3086 | end.setParagraph(p->next());
|
---|
3087 | end.setIndex(0);
|
---|
3088 | } else if (p->prev()) {
|
---|
3089 | start.setParagraph(p->prev());
|
---|
3090 | start.setIndex(p->prev()->length() - 1);
|
---|
3091 | }
|
---|
3092 | }
|
---|
3093 |
|
---|
3094 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, start);
|
---|
3095 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, end);
|
---|
3096 | removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
3097 | }
|
---|
3098 |
|
---|
3099 | /*!
|
---|
3100 | Undoes the last operation.
|
---|
3101 |
|
---|
3102 | If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
|
---|
3103 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | \sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
|
---|
3106 | */
|
---|
3107 |
|
---|
3108 | void Q3TextEdit::undo()
|
---|
3109 | {
|
---|
3110 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3111 | if (isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled)
|
---|
3112 | return;
|
---|
3113 |
|
---|
3114 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
---|
3115 | doc->removeSelection(i);
|
---|
3116 |
|
---|
3117 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3118 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
3119 | #endif
|
---|
3120 |
|
---|
3121 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3122 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3123 | Q3TextCursor *c = doc->undo(cursor);
|
---|
3124 | if (!c) {
|
---|
3125 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3126 | return;
|
---|
3127 | }
|
---|
3128 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3129 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3130 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3131 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3132 | setModified();
|
---|
3133 | // ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
|
---|
3134 | // is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
|
---|
3135 | // might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
|
---|
3136 | // This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
|
---|
3137 | // okay to just call that.
|
---|
3138 | if (!cursor->isValid()) {
|
---|
3139 | delete cursor;
|
---|
3140 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
3141 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3142 | repaintContents();
|
---|
3143 | }
|
---|
3144 | emit undoAvailable(isUndoAvailable());
|
---|
3145 | emit redoAvailable(isRedoAvailable());
|
---|
3146 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3147 | }
|
---|
3148 |
|
---|
3149 | /*!
|
---|
3150 | Redoes the last operation.
|
---|
3151 |
|
---|
3152 | If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
|
---|
3153 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
---|
3154 |
|
---|
3155 | \sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
|
---|
3156 | */
|
---|
3157 |
|
---|
3158 | void Q3TextEdit::redo()
|
---|
3159 | {
|
---|
3160 | if (isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled)
|
---|
3161 | return;
|
---|
3162 |
|
---|
3163 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
---|
3164 | doc->removeSelection(i);
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3167 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
3168 | #endif
|
---|
3169 |
|
---|
3170 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3171 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3172 | Q3TextCursor *c = doc->redo(cursor);
|
---|
3173 | if (!c) {
|
---|
3174 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3175 | return;
|
---|
3176 | }
|
---|
3177 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3178 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3179 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3180 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3181 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3182 | setModified();
|
---|
3183 | emit undoAvailable(isUndoAvailable());
|
---|
3184 | emit redoAvailable(isRedoAvailable());
|
---|
3185 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3186 | }
|
---|
3187 |
|
---|
3188 | /*!
|
---|
3189 | Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
|
---|
3190 | current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
|
---|
3191 |
|
---|
3192 | If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
|
---|
3193 |
|
---|
3194 | \sa pasteSubType() cut() Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
---|
3195 | */
|
---|
3196 |
|
---|
3197 | void Q3TextEdit::paste()
|
---|
3198 | {
|
---|
3199 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3200 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
3201 | return;
|
---|
3202 | QString subType = QLatin1String("plain");
|
---|
3203 | if (textFormat() != Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
3204 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode);
|
---|
3205 | if (!m)
|
---|
3206 | return;
|
---|
3207 | if (m->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
---|
3208 | subType = QLatin1String("x-qrichtext");
|
---|
3209 | }
|
---|
3210 |
|
---|
3211 | pasteSubType(subType.toLatin1());
|
---|
3212 | #endif
|
---|
3213 | }
|
---|
3214 |
|
---|
3215 | void Q3TextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Type t)
|
---|
3216 | {
|
---|
3217 | if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type) {
|
---|
3218 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3219 | }
|
---|
3220 | undoRedoInfo.type = t;
|
---|
3221 | }
|
---|
3222 |
|
---|
3223 | /*!
|
---|
3224 | Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
|
---|
3225 |
|
---|
3226 | Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
|
---|
3227 | this yourself.
|
---|
3228 | */
|
---|
3229 | void Q3TextEdit::repaintChanged()
|
---|
3230 | {
|
---|
3231 | if (!updatesEnabled() || !viewport()->updatesEnabled())
|
---|
3232 | return;
|
---|
3233 |
|
---|
3234 | if (doc->firstParagraph())
|
---|
3235 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
3236 | updateContents(); // good enough until this class is rewritten
|
---|
3237 | }
|
---|
3238 |
|
---|
3239 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3240 | Q3TextDrag *Q3TextEdit::dragObject(QWidget *parent) const
|
---|
3241 | {
|
---|
3242 | if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) ||
|
---|
3243 | doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard).isEmpty())
|
---|
3244 | return 0;
|
---|
3245 | if (textFormat() != Qt::RichText)
|
---|
3246 | return new Q3TextDrag(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard), parent);
|
---|
3247 | Q3RichTextDrag *drag = new Q3RichTextDrag(parent);
|
---|
3248 | drag->setPlainText(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
3249 | drag->setRichText(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
---|
3250 | return drag;
|
---|
3251 | }
|
---|
3252 | #endif
|
---|
3253 |
|
---|
3254 | /*!
|
---|
3255 | Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
|
---|
3256 | deletes it from the text edit.
|
---|
3257 |
|
---|
3258 | If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
|
---|
3259 |
|
---|
3260 | \sa Q3TextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
|
---|
3261 | */
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | void Q3TextEdit::cut()
|
---|
3264 | {
|
---|
3265 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
3266 | return;
|
---|
3267 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3268 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
3269 | }
|
---|
3270 |
|
---|
3271 | void Q3TextEdit::normalCopy()
|
---|
3272 | {
|
---|
3273 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3274 | Q3TextDrag *drag = dragObject();
|
---|
3275 | if (!drag)
|
---|
3276 | return;
|
---|
3277 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3278 | QApplication::clipboard()->setData(drag, d->clipboard_mode);
|
---|
3279 | #endif // QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3280 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3281 | }
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | /*!
|
---|
3284 | Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
|
---|
3285 |
|
---|
3286 | \sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
|
---|
3287 | */
|
---|
3288 |
|
---|
3289 | void Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
---|
3290 | {
|
---|
3291 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
3292 | # ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3293 | if (d->optimMode && optimHasSelection())
|
---|
3294 | QApplication::clipboard()->setText(optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode);
|
---|
3295 | else
|
---|
3296 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3297 | # else
|
---|
3298 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3299 | # endif
|
---|
3300 | #endif
|
---|
3301 | }
|
---|
3302 |
|
---|
3303 | /*!
|
---|
3304 | \internal
|
---|
3305 |
|
---|
3306 | Re-indents the current paragraph.
|
---|
3307 | */
|
---|
3308 |
|
---|
3309 | void Q3TextEdit::indent()
|
---|
3310 | {
|
---|
3311 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
3312 | return;
|
---|
3313 |
|
---|
3314 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3315 | if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
---|
3316 | cursor->indent();
|
---|
3317 | else
|
---|
3318 | doc->indentSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3319 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3320 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3321 | setModified();
|
---|
3322 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3323 | }
|
---|
3324 |
|
---|
3325 | /*!
|
---|
3326 | Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is true the
|
---|
3327 | tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is false the tab
|
---|
3328 | moves the focus to the previous child. Returns true if the focus
|
---|
3329 | was moved; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
3330 | */
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | bool Q3TextEdit::focusNextPrevChild(bool n)
|
---|
3333 | {
|
---|
3334 | if (!isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled())
|
---|
3335 | return false;
|
---|
3336 | bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild(n);
|
---|
3337 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3338 | if (b) {
|
---|
3339 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->focusIndicator.parag;
|
---|
3340 | int start = doc->focusIndicator.start;
|
---|
3341 | int len = doc->focusIndicator.len;
|
---|
3342 |
|
---|
3343 | int y = p->rect().y();
|
---|
3344 | while (p
|
---|
3345 | && len == 0
|
---|
3346 | && p->at(start)->isCustom()
|
---|
3347 | && p->at(start)->customItem()->isNested()) {
|
---|
3348 |
|
---|
3349 | Q3TextTable *t = (Q3TextTable*)p->at(start)->customItem();
|
---|
3350 | QList<Q3TextTableCell *> cells = t->tableCells();
|
---|
3351 | for (int idx = 0; idx < cells.count(); ++idx) {
|
---|
3352 | Q3TextTableCell *c = cells.at(idx);
|
---|
3353 | Q3TextDocument *cellDoc = c->richText();
|
---|
3354 | if ( cellDoc->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
|
---|
3355 | y += c->geometry().y() + c->verticalAlignmentOffset();
|
---|
3356 |
|
---|
3357 | p = cellDoc->focusIndicator.parag;
|
---|
3358 | start = cellDoc->focusIndicator.start;
|
---|
3359 | len = cellDoc->focusIndicator.len;
|
---|
3360 | if ( p )
|
---|
3361 | y += p->rect().y();
|
---|
3362 |
|
---|
3363 | break;
|
---|
3364 | }
|
---|
3365 | }
|
---|
3366 | }
|
---|
3367 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( y, contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
---|
3368 | }
|
---|
3369 | return b;
|
---|
3370 | }
|
---|
3371 |
|
---|
3372 | /*!
|
---|
3373 | \internal
|
---|
3374 |
|
---|
3375 | This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
|
---|
3376 | f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
|
---|
3377 | */
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | void Q3TextEdit::setFormat(Q3TextFormat *f, int flags)
|
---|
3380 | {
|
---|
3381 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
3382 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3383 | Q3TextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3384 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
3385 | Q3TextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3386 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
3387 | if (undoEnabled) {
|
---|
3388 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3389 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
|
---|
3390 | undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3391 | undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
|
---|
3392 | undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3393 | undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
|
---|
3394 | readFormats(c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text);
|
---|
3395 | undoRedoInfo.format = f;
|
---|
3396 | undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
|
---|
3397 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3398 | }
|
---|
3399 | doc->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Standard, f, flags);
|
---|
3400 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3401 | formatMore();
|
---|
3402 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3403 | setModified();
|
---|
3404 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3405 | }
|
---|
3406 | if (currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key()) {
|
---|
3407 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3408 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(f);
|
---|
3409 | if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
---|
3410 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3411 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(),
|
---|
3412 | currentFormat->color());
|
---|
3413 | }
|
---|
3414 | emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
---|
3415 | emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
---|
3416 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
---|
3417 | if (cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1) {
|
---|
3418 | currentFormat->addRef();
|
---|
3419 | cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat(cursor->index(), currentFormat, true);
|
---|
3420 | if (cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1) {
|
---|
3421 | cursor->paragraph()->invalidate(0);
|
---|
3422 | cursor->paragraph()->format();
|
---|
3423 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3424 | }
|
---|
3425 | }
|
---|
3426 | }
|
---|
3427 | }
|
---|
3428 |
|
---|
3429 | /*! \internal
|
---|
3430 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
3431 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
3432 | function will go away.
|
---|
3433 |
|
---|
3434 | Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
|
---|
3435 | to \a dm. If \a dm is Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
|
---|
3436 | type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
|
---|
3437 |
|
---|
3438 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
3439 | */
|
---|
3440 |
|
---|
3441 | void Q3TextEdit::setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
|
---|
3442 | Q3StyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle)
|
---|
3443 | {
|
---|
3444 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
3445 | return;
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3448 | Q3TextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
3449 | Q3TextParagraph *end = start;
|
---|
3450 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
3451 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
---|
3452 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
---|
3453 | if (end->paragId() < start->paragId())
|
---|
3454 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
---|
3455 | }
|
---|
3456 |
|
---|
3457 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3458 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
3459 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
---|
3460 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
---|
3461 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
---|
3462 |
|
---|
3463 | while (start != end->next()) {
|
---|
3464 | start->setListStyle(listStyle);
|
---|
3465 | if (dm == Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) {
|
---|
3466 | start->setListItem(true);
|
---|
3467 | if(start->listDepth() == 0)
|
---|
3468 | start->setListDepth(1);
|
---|
3469 | } else if (start->isListItem()) {
|
---|
3470 | start->setListItem(false);
|
---|
3471 | start->setListDepth(qMax(start->listDepth()-1, 0));
|
---|
3472 | }
|
---|
3473 | start = start->next();
|
---|
3474 | }
|
---|
3475 |
|
---|
3476 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3477 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3478 | formatMore();
|
---|
3479 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3480 | setModified();
|
---|
3481 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3482 | }
|
---|
3483 |
|
---|
3484 | /*!
|
---|
3485 | Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
|
---|
3486 | alignments are Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight,
|
---|
3487 | Qt::AlignJustify and Qt::AlignCenter (which centers
|
---|
3488 | horizontally).
|
---|
3489 | */
|
---|
3490 |
|
---|
3491 | void Q3TextEdit::setAlignment(int a)
|
---|
3492 | {
|
---|
3493 | if (isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment)
|
---|
3494 | return;
|
---|
3495 |
|
---|
3496 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3497 | Q3TextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
3498 | Q3TextParagraph *end = start;
|
---|
3499 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
3500 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
---|
3501 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
---|
3502 | if (end->paragId() < start->paragId())
|
---|
3503 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
---|
3504 | }
|
---|
3505 |
|
---|
3506 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3507 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
3508 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
---|
3509 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
---|
3510 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
---|
3511 |
|
---|
3512 | while (start != end->next()) {
|
---|
3513 | start->setAlignment(a);
|
---|
3514 | start = start->next();
|
---|
3515 | }
|
---|
3516 |
|
---|
3517 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3518 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3519 | formatMore();
|
---|
3520 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3521 | if (currentAlignment != a) {
|
---|
3522 | currentAlignment = a;
|
---|
3523 | emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
---|
3524 | }
|
---|
3525 | setModified();
|
---|
3526 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3527 | }
|
---|
3528 |
|
---|
3529 | void Q3TextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
|
---|
3530 | {
|
---|
3531 | int i = cursor->index();
|
---|
3532 | if (i > 0)
|
---|
3533 | --i;
|
---|
3534 | if (doc->useFormatCollection() &&
|
---|
3535 | (!currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at(i)->format()->key())) {
|
---|
3536 | if (currentFormat)
|
---|
3537 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3538 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(cursor->paragraph()->at(i)->format());
|
---|
3539 | if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
---|
3540 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3541 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color());
|
---|
3542 | }
|
---|
3543 | emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
---|
3544 | emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
---|
3545 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
---|
3546 | }
|
---|
3547 |
|
---|
3548 | if (currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment()) {
|
---|
3549 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
---|
3550 | block_set_alignment = true;
|
---|
3551 | emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
---|
3552 | block_set_alignment = false;
|
---|
3553 | }
|
---|
3554 | }
|
---|
3555 |
|
---|
3556 | /*!
|
---|
3557 | If \a b is true sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
|
---|
3558 | the current format to non-italic.
|
---|
3559 |
|
---|
3560 | \sa italic()
|
---|
3561 | */
|
---|
3562 |
|
---|
3563 | void Q3TextEdit::setItalic(bool b)
|
---|
3564 | {
|
---|
3565 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3566 | f.setItalic(b);
|
---|
3567 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3568 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Italic);
|
---|
3569 | }
|
---|
3570 |
|
---|
3571 | /*!
|
---|
3572 | If \a b is true sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
|
---|
3573 | the current format to non-bold.
|
---|
3574 |
|
---|
3575 | \sa bold()
|
---|
3576 | */
|
---|
3577 |
|
---|
3578 | void Q3TextEdit::setBold(bool b)
|
---|
3579 | {
|
---|
3580 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3581 | f.setBold(b);
|
---|
3582 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3583 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Bold);
|
---|
3584 | }
|
---|
3585 |
|
---|
3586 | /*!
|
---|
3587 | If \a b is true sets the current format to underline; otherwise
|
---|
3588 | sets the current format to non-underline.
|
---|
3589 |
|
---|
3590 | \sa underline()
|
---|
3591 | */
|
---|
3592 |
|
---|
3593 | void Q3TextEdit::setUnderline(bool b)
|
---|
3594 | {
|
---|
3595 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3596 | f.setUnderline(b);
|
---|
3597 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3598 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Underline);
|
---|
3599 | }
|
---|
3600 |
|
---|
3601 | /*!
|
---|
3602 | Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
|
---|
3603 |
|
---|
3604 | \sa family() setCurrentFont()
|
---|
3605 | */
|
---|
3606 |
|
---|
3607 | void Q3TextEdit::setFamily(const QString &fontFamily)
|
---|
3608 | {
|
---|
3609 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3610 | f.setFamily(fontFamily);
|
---|
3611 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3612 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Family);
|
---|
3613 | }
|
---|
3614 |
|
---|
3615 | /*!
|
---|
3616 | Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
|
---|
3617 |
|
---|
3618 | Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behavior of this
|
---|
3619 | function is not defined.
|
---|
3620 |
|
---|
3621 | \sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
|
---|
3622 | */
|
---|
3623 |
|
---|
3624 | void Q3TextEdit::setPointSize(int s)
|
---|
3625 | {
|
---|
3626 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3627 | f.setPointSize(s);
|
---|
3628 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3629 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Size);
|
---|
3630 | }
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | /*!
|
---|
3633 | Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
---|
3636 | */
|
---|
3637 |
|
---|
3638 | void Q3TextEdit::setColor(const QColor &c)
|
---|
3639 | {
|
---|
3640 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3641 | f.setColor(c);
|
---|
3642 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3643 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Color);
|
---|
3644 | }
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | /*!
|
---|
3647 | Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
|
---|
3648 | text, to \a a.
|
---|
3649 |
|
---|
3650 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
---|
3651 | */
|
---|
3652 |
|
---|
3653 | void Q3TextEdit::setVerticalAlignment(Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment a)
|
---|
3654 | {
|
---|
3655 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3656 | f.setVAlign((Q3TextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a);
|
---|
3657 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3658 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::VAlign);
|
---|
3659 | }
|
---|
3660 |
|
---|
3661 | void Q3TextEdit::setFontInternal(const QFont &f_)
|
---|
3662 | {
|
---|
3663 | QFont font = f_;
|
---|
3664 | if (font.kerning())
|
---|
3665 | font.setKerning(false);
|
---|
3666 | Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
---|
3667 | f.setFont(font);
|
---|
3668 | Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
---|
3669 | setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Font);
|
---|
3670 | }
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 |
|
---|
3673 | QString Q3TextEdit::text() const
|
---|
3674 | {
|
---|
3675 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3676 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
3677 | return optimText();
|
---|
3678 | #endif
|
---|
3679 |
|
---|
3680 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
3681 | if (!p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1))
|
---|
3682 | return QString::fromLatin1("");
|
---|
3683 |
|
---|
3684 | if (isReadOnly())
|
---|
3685 | return doc->originalText();
|
---|
3686 | return doc->text();
|
---|
3687 | }
|
---|
3688 |
|
---|
3689 | /*!
|
---|
3690 | \overload
|
---|
3691 |
|
---|
3692 | Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3693 |
|
---|
3694 | If textFormat() is Qt::RichText the text will contain HTML
|
---|
3695 | formatting tags.
|
---|
3696 | */
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | QString Q3TextEdit::text(int para) const
|
---|
3699 | {
|
---|
3700 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3701 | if (d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para)) {
|
---|
3702 | QString paraStr = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)];
|
---|
3703 | if (paraStr.isEmpty())
|
---|
3704 | paraStr = QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
3705 | return paraStr;
|
---|
3706 | } else
|
---|
3707 | #endif
|
---|
3708 | return doc->text(para);
|
---|
3709 | }
|
---|
3710 |
|
---|
3711 | /*!
|
---|
3712 | \overload
|
---|
3713 |
|
---|
3714 | Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
|
---|
3715 | context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
|
---|
3716 |
|
---|
3717 | \a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
---|
3718 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is Qt::AutoText,
|
---|
3719 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
|
---|
3720 |
|
---|
3721 | For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
|
---|
3722 | by a styleSheet(); see Q3StyleSheet for details.
|
---|
3723 |
|
---|
3724 | The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
|
---|
3725 | Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
|
---|
3726 | images. (See \l{Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
|
---|
3727 | edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory when quering data.
|
---|
3728 |
|
---|
3729 | Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
|
---|
3730 |
|
---|
3731 | \sa text(), setTextFormat()
|
---|
3732 | */
|
---|
3733 |
|
---|
3734 | void Q3TextEdit::setText(const QString &text, const QString &context)
|
---|
3735 | {
|
---|
3736 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3737 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
3738 | optimSetText(text);
|
---|
3739 | return;
|
---|
3740 | }
|
---|
3741 | #endif
|
---|
3742 | if (!isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
|
---|
3743 | this->context() == context && this->text() == text)
|
---|
3744 | return;
|
---|
3745 |
|
---|
3746 | emit undoAvailable(false);
|
---|
3747 | emit redoAvailable(false);
|
---|
3748 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
3749 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
3750 |
|
---|
3751 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3752 | int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
|
---|
3753 | int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3754 | cursor->restoreState();
|
---|
3755 | delete cursor;
|
---|
3756 | doc->setText(text, context);
|
---|
3757 |
|
---|
3758 | if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth) {
|
---|
3759 | resizeContents(wrapWidth, 0);
|
---|
3760 | doc->setWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
3761 | doc->setMinimumWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
3762 | } else {
|
---|
3763 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
3764 | resizeContents(0, 0);
|
---|
3765 | }
|
---|
3766 |
|
---|
3767 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
3768 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
3769 | updateContents();
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | if (isModified())
|
---|
3772 | setModified(false);
|
---|
3773 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3774 | if (cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar) {
|
---|
3775 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
3776 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
3777 | }
|
---|
3778 | formatMore();
|
---|
3779 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
3780 | d->scrollToAnchor.clear();
|
---|
3781 | }
|
---|
3782 |
|
---|
3783 | /*!
|
---|
3784 | \property Q3TextEdit::text
|
---|
3785 | \brief the text edit's text
|
---|
3786 |
|
---|
3787 | There is no default text.
|
---|
3788 |
|
---|
3789 | On setting, any previous text is deleted.
|
---|
3790 |
|
---|
3791 | The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
---|
3792 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is Qt::AutoText,
|
---|
3793 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | For richtext, calling text() on an editable Q3TextEdit will cause
|
---|
3796 | the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
|
---|
3797 | the QString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
|
---|
3798 | was set.
|
---|
3799 |
|
---|
3800 | \sa textFormat
|
---|
3801 | */
|
---|
3802 |
|
---|
3803 |
|
---|
3804 | /*!
|
---|
3805 | \property Q3TextEdit::readOnly
|
---|
3806 | \brief whether the text edit is read-only
|
---|
3807 |
|
---|
3808 | In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
|
---|
3809 | text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
|
---|
3810 |
|
---|
3811 | This property's default is false.
|
---|
3812 | */
|
---|
3813 |
|
---|
3814 | /*!
|
---|
3815 | Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns true if
|
---|
3816 | \a expr was found; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
3817 |
|
---|
3818 | If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
|
---|
3819 | current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
|
---|
3820 | the search begins from the \c{*}\a{index} character position in the
|
---|
3821 | \c{*}\a{para} paragraph.
|
---|
3822 |
|
---|
3823 | If \a cs is true the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
|
---|
3824 | case insensitive. If \a wo is true the search looks for whole word
|
---|
3825 | matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
|
---|
3826 | forward is true (the default) the search works forward from the
|
---|
3827 | starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
|
---|
3828 | backwards to the beginning of the text.
|
---|
3829 |
|
---|
3830 | If \a expr is found the function returns true. If \a index and \a
|
---|
3831 | para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
|
---|
3832 | character of the match was found is put into \c{*}\a{para}, and the
|
---|
3833 | index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
|
---|
3834 | \c{*}\a{index}.
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | If \a expr is not found the function returns false. If \a index
|
---|
3837 | and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \c{*}\a{index}
|
---|
3838 | and \c{*}\a{para} are undefined.
|
---|
3839 |
|
---|
3840 | Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
|
---|
3841 | the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
|
---|
3842 | modify the cursor position.
|
---|
3843 |
|
---|
3844 | Using the \a para and \a index parameters will not work correctly
|
---|
3845 | in case the document contains tables.
|
---|
3846 | */
|
---|
3847 |
|
---|
3848 | bool Q3TextEdit::find(const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
|
---|
3849 | int *para, int *index)
|
---|
3850 | {
|
---|
3851 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3852 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
3853 | return optimFind(expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index);
|
---|
3854 | #endif
|
---|
3855 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3856 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3857 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
3858 | #endif
|
---|
3859 | Q3TextCursor findcur = *cursor;
|
---|
3860 | if (para && index) {
|
---|
3861 | if (doc->paragAt(*para))
|
---|
3862 | findcur.gotoPosition(doc->paragAt(*para), *index);
|
---|
3863 | else
|
---|
3864 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
---|
3865 | } else if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)){
|
---|
3866 | // maks sure we do not find the same selection again
|
---|
3867 | if (forward)
|
---|
3868 | findcur.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
3869 | else
|
---|
3870 | findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
3871 | } else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
|
---|
3872 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
---|
3873 | }
|
---|
3874 | removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
3875 | bool found = doc->find(findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward);
|
---|
3876 | if (found) {
|
---|
3877 | if (para)
|
---|
3878 | *para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3879 | if (index)
|
---|
3880 | *index = findcur.index();
|
---|
3881 | *cursor = findcur;
|
---|
3882 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3883 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3884 | }
|
---|
3885 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3886 | if (found) {
|
---|
3887 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
3888 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
3889 | }
|
---|
3890 | return found;
|
---|
3891 | }
|
---|
3892 |
|
---|
3893 | void Q3TextEdit::blinkCursor()
|
---|
3894 | {
|
---|
3895 | bool cv = cursorVisible;
|
---|
3896 | blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
|
---|
3897 | drawCursor(blinkCursorVisible);
|
---|
3898 | cursorVisible = cv;
|
---|
3899 | }
|
---|
3900 |
|
---|
3901 | /*!
|
---|
3902 | Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3903 |
|
---|
3904 | \sa getCursorPosition()
|
---|
3905 | */
|
---|
3906 |
|
---|
3907 | void Q3TextEdit::setCursorPosition(int para, int index)
|
---|
3908 | {
|
---|
3909 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
3910 | if (!p)
|
---|
3911 | return;
|
---|
3912 |
|
---|
3913 | if (index > p->length() - 1)
|
---|
3914 | index = p->length() - 1;
|
---|
3915 |
|
---|
3916 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3917 | cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
---|
3918 | cursor->setIndex(index);
|
---|
3919 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3920 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
3921 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
3922 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
3923 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
3924 | }
|
---|
3925 |
|
---|
3926 | /*!
|
---|
3927 | This function sets the \c{*}\a{para} and \c{*}\a{index} parameters to the
|
---|
3928 | current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
|
---|
3929 |
|
---|
3930 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
3931 | */
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | void Q3TextEdit::getCursorPosition(int *para, int *index) const
|
---|
3934 | {
|
---|
3935 | if (!para || !index)
|
---|
3936 | return;
|
---|
3937 | *para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3938 | *index = cursor->index();
|
---|
3939 | }
|
---|
3940 |
|
---|
3941 | /*!
|
---|
3942 | Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
|
---|
3943 | paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
|
---|
3944 | \a paraTo.
|
---|
3945 |
|
---|
3946 | Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
|
---|
3947 | left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
|
---|
3948 | selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
|
---|
3949 |
|
---|
3950 | Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
|
---|
3951 | is 0, this is the default selection.
|
---|
3952 |
|
---|
3953 | The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
|
---|
3954 | otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
|
---|
3955 |
|
---|
3956 | \sa getSelection() selectedText
|
---|
3957 | */
|
---|
3958 |
|
---|
3959 | void Q3TextEdit::setSelection(int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
|
---|
3960 | int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum)
|
---|
3961 | {
|
---|
3962 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3963 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
3964 | optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
|
---|
3965 | repaintContents();
|
---|
3966 | return;
|
---|
3967 | }
|
---|
3968 | #endif
|
---|
3969 | if (doc->hasSelection(selNum)) {
|
---|
3970 | doc->removeSelection(selNum);
|
---|
3971 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3972 | }
|
---|
3973 | if (selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1)
|
---|
3974 | doc->addSelection(selNum);
|
---|
3975 | Q3TextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt(paraFrom);
|
---|
3976 | if (!p1)
|
---|
3977 | return;
|
---|
3978 | Q3TextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt(paraTo);
|
---|
3979 | if (!p2)
|
---|
3980 | return;
|
---|
3981 |
|
---|
3982 | if (indexFrom > p1->length() - 1)
|
---|
3983 | indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
|
---|
3984 | if (indexTo > p2->length() - 1)
|
---|
3985 | indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
3988 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
3989 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
3990 | c.setParagraph(p1);
|
---|
3991 | c.setIndex(indexFrom);
|
---|
3992 | cursor->setParagraph(p2);
|
---|
3993 | cursor->setIndex(indexTo);
|
---|
3994 | doc->setSelectionStart(selNum, c);
|
---|
3995 | doc->setSelectionEnd(selNum, *cursor);
|
---|
3996 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3997 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3998 | if (selNum != Q3TextDocument::Standard)
|
---|
3999 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
---|
4000 | drawCursor(true);
|
---|
4001 | }
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | /*!
|
---|
4004 | If there is a selection, \c{*}\a{paraFrom} is set to the number of the
|
---|
4005 | paragraph in which the selection begins and \c{*}\a{paraTo} is set to
|
---|
4006 | the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
|
---|
4007 | could be the same.) \c{*}\a{indexFrom} is set to the index at which the
|
---|
4008 | selection begins within \c{*}\a{paraFrom}, and \c{*}\a{indexTo} is set to
|
---|
4009 | the index at which the selection ends within \c{*}\a{paraTo}.
|
---|
4010 |
|
---|
4011 | If there is no selection, \c{*}\a{paraFrom}, \c{*}\a{indexFrom},
|
---|
4012 | \c{*}\a{paraTo} and \c{*}\a{indexTo} are all set to -1.
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
|
---|
4015 | function does nothing.
|
---|
4016 |
|
---|
4017 | The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
|
---|
4018 | are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
|
---|
4019 |
|
---|
4020 | \sa setSelection() selectedText
|
---|
4021 | */
|
---|
4022 |
|
---|
4023 | void Q3TextEdit::getSelection(int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
|
---|
4024 | int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum) const
|
---|
4025 | {
|
---|
4026 | if (!paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo)
|
---|
4027 | return;
|
---|
4028 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4029 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4030 | *paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
4031 | *paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
---|
4032 | *indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
4033 | *indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
---|
4034 | return;
|
---|
4035 | }
|
---|
4036 | #endif
|
---|
4037 | if (!doc->hasSelection(selNum)) {
|
---|
4038 | *paraFrom = -1;
|
---|
4039 | *indexFrom = -1;
|
---|
4040 | *paraTo = -1;
|
---|
4041 | *indexTo = -1;
|
---|
4042 | return;
|
---|
4043 | }
|
---|
4044 |
|
---|
4045 | doc->selectionStart(selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom);
|
---|
4046 | doc->selectionEnd(selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo);
|
---|
4047 | }
|
---|
4048 |
|
---|
4049 | /*!
|
---|
4050 | \property Q3TextEdit::textFormat
|
---|
4051 | \brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
|
---|
4052 |
|
---|
4053 | The text format is one of the following:
|
---|
4054 | \list
|
---|
4055 | \i Qt::PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
|
---|
4056 | verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
|
---|
4057 | the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
|
---|
4058 | paragraph.
|
---|
4059 | \i Qt::RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
|
---|
4060 | defined in the default stylesheet Q3StyleSheet::defaultSheet().
|
---|
4061 | \i Qt::LogText - optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
|
---|
4062 | limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
|
---|
4063 | settings).
|
---|
4064 | \i Qt::AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
|
---|
4065 | rendering style is best, Qt::PlainText or Qt::RichText. This is done
|
---|
4066 | by using the Q3StyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
|
---|
4067 | \endlist
|
---|
4068 | */
|
---|
4069 |
|
---|
4070 | void Q3TextEdit::setTextFormat(Qt::TextFormat format)
|
---|
4071 | {
|
---|
4072 | doc->setTextFormat(format);
|
---|
4073 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4074 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
4075 | #endif
|
---|
4076 | }
|
---|
4077 |
|
---|
4078 | Qt::TextFormat Q3TextEdit::textFormat() const
|
---|
4079 | {
|
---|
4080 | return doc->textFormat();
|
---|
4081 | }
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | /*!
|
---|
4084 | Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
|
---|
4085 | considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
|
---|
4086 | */
|
---|
4087 |
|
---|
4088 | int Q3TextEdit::paragraphs() const
|
---|
4089 | {
|
---|
4090 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4091 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4092 | return d->od->numLines;
|
---|
4093 | }
|
---|
4094 | #endif
|
---|
4095 | return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
|
---|
4096 | }
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | /*!
|
---|
4099 | Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
|
---|
4100 | is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
---|
4101 | */
|
---|
4102 |
|
---|
4103 | int Q3TextEdit::linesOfParagraph(int para) const
|
---|
4104 | {
|
---|
4105 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4106 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4107 | if (d->od->numLines >= para)
|
---|
4108 | return 1;
|
---|
4109 | else
|
---|
4110 | return -1;
|
---|
4111 | }
|
---|
4112 | #endif
|
---|
4113 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
4114 | if (!p)
|
---|
4115 | return -1;
|
---|
4116 | return p->lines();
|
---|
4117 | }
|
---|
4118 |
|
---|
4119 | /*!
|
---|
4120 | Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
|
---|
4121 | characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
---|
4122 |
|
---|
4123 | This function ignores newlines.
|
---|
4124 | */
|
---|
4125 |
|
---|
4126 | int Q3TextEdit::paragraphLength(int para) const
|
---|
4127 | {
|
---|
4128 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4129 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4130 | if (d->od->numLines >= para) {
|
---|
4131 | if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)].isEmpty()) // CR
|
---|
4132 | return 1;
|
---|
4133 | else
|
---|
4134 | return d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)].length();
|
---|
4135 | }
|
---|
4136 | return -1;
|
---|
4137 | }
|
---|
4138 | #endif
|
---|
4139 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
4140 | if (!p)
|
---|
4141 | return -1;
|
---|
4142 | return p->length() - 1;
|
---|
4143 | }
|
---|
4144 |
|
---|
4145 | /*!
|
---|
4146 | Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
|
---|
4147 |
|
---|
4148 | \warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
|
---|
4149 | during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
|
---|
4150 | paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
|
---|
4151 | */
|
---|
4152 |
|
---|
4153 | int Q3TextEdit::lines() const
|
---|
4154 | {
|
---|
4155 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4156 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4157 | return d->od->numLines;
|
---|
4158 | }
|
---|
4159 | #endif
|
---|
4160 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
4161 | int l = 0;
|
---|
4162 | while (p) {
|
---|
4163 | l += p->lines();
|
---|
4164 | p = p->next();
|
---|
4165 | }
|
---|
4166 |
|
---|
4167 | return l;
|
---|
4168 | }
|
---|
4169 |
|
---|
4170 | /*!
|
---|
4171 | Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
|
---|
4172 | the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
|
---|
4173 | relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
|
---|
4174 | paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
|
---|
4175 | index is out of range) -1 is returned.
|
---|
4176 | */
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | int Q3TextEdit::lineOfChar(int para, int index)
|
---|
4179 | {
|
---|
4180 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
4181 | if (!p)
|
---|
4182 | return -1;
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | int idx, line;
|
---|
4185 | Q3TextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar(index, &idx, &line);
|
---|
4186 | if (!c)
|
---|
4187 | return -1;
|
---|
4188 |
|
---|
4189 | return line;
|
---|
4190 | }
|
---|
4191 |
|
---|
4192 | void Q3TextEdit::setModified(bool m)
|
---|
4193 | {
|
---|
4194 | bool oldModified = modified;
|
---|
4195 | modified = m;
|
---|
4196 | if (modified && doc->oTextValid)
|
---|
4197 | doc->invalidateOriginalText();
|
---|
4198 | if (oldModified != modified)
|
---|
4199 | emit modificationChanged(modified);
|
---|
4200 | }
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | /*!
|
---|
4203 | \property Q3TextEdit::modified
|
---|
4204 | \brief whether the document has been modified by the user
|
---|
4205 | */
|
---|
4206 |
|
---|
4207 | bool Q3TextEdit::isModified() const
|
---|
4208 | {
|
---|
4209 | return modified;
|
---|
4210 | }
|
---|
4211 |
|
---|
4212 | void Q3TextEdit::setModified()
|
---|
4213 | {
|
---|
4214 | if (!isModified())
|
---|
4215 | setModified(true);
|
---|
4216 | }
|
---|
4217 |
|
---|
4218 | /*!
|
---|
4219 | Returns true if the current format is italic; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
4220 |
|
---|
4221 | \sa setItalic()
|
---|
4222 | */
|
---|
4223 |
|
---|
4224 | bool Q3TextEdit::italic() const
|
---|
4225 | {
|
---|
4226 | return currentFormat->font().italic();
|
---|
4227 | }
|
---|
4228 |
|
---|
4229 | /*!
|
---|
4230 | Returns true if the current format is bold; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | \sa setBold()
|
---|
4233 | */
|
---|
4234 |
|
---|
4235 | bool Q3TextEdit::bold() const
|
---|
4236 | {
|
---|
4237 | return currentFormat->font().bold();
|
---|
4238 | }
|
---|
4239 |
|
---|
4240 | /*!
|
---|
4241 | Returns true if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
|
---|
4242 | false.
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | \sa setUnderline()
|
---|
4245 | */
|
---|
4246 |
|
---|
4247 | bool Q3TextEdit::underline() const
|
---|
4248 | {
|
---|
4249 | return currentFormat->font().underline();
|
---|
4250 | }
|
---|
4251 |
|
---|
4252 | /*!
|
---|
4253 | Returns the font family of the current format.
|
---|
4254 |
|
---|
4255 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
---|
4256 | */
|
---|
4257 |
|
---|
4258 | QString Q3TextEdit::family() const
|
---|
4259 | {
|
---|
4260 | return currentFormat->font().family();
|
---|
4261 | }
|
---|
4262 |
|
---|
4263 | /*!
|
---|
4264 | Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
|
---|
4265 |
|
---|
4266 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
---|
4267 | */
|
---|
4268 |
|
---|
4269 | int Q3TextEdit::pointSize() const
|
---|
4270 | {
|
---|
4271 | return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
|
---|
4272 | }
|
---|
4273 |
|
---|
4274 | /*!
|
---|
4275 | Returns the color of the current format.
|
---|
4276 |
|
---|
4277 | \sa setColor() setPaper()
|
---|
4278 | */
|
---|
4279 |
|
---|
4280 | QColor Q3TextEdit::color() const
|
---|
4281 | {
|
---|
4282 | return currentFormat->color();
|
---|
4283 | }
|
---|
4284 |
|
---|
4285 | /*!
|
---|
4286 | Returns Q3ScrollView::font()
|
---|
4287 |
|
---|
4288 | \warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
|
---|
4289 | the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
|
---|
4290 | currentFont() instead.
|
---|
4291 | */
|
---|
4292 |
|
---|
4293 | QFont Q3TextEdit::font() const
|
---|
4294 | {
|
---|
4295 | return Q3ScrollView::font();
|
---|
4296 | }
|
---|
4297 |
|
---|
4298 | /*!
|
---|
4299 | Returns the font of the current format.
|
---|
4300 |
|
---|
4301 | \sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
|
---|
4302 | */
|
---|
4303 |
|
---|
4304 | QFont Q3TextEdit::currentFont() const
|
---|
4305 | {
|
---|
4306 | return currentFormat->font();
|
---|
4307 | }
|
---|
4308 |
|
---|
4309 |
|
---|
4310 | /*!
|
---|
4311 | Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
|
---|
4312 |
|
---|
4313 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
4314 | */
|
---|
4315 |
|
---|
4316 | int Q3TextEdit::alignment() const
|
---|
4317 | {
|
---|
4318 | return currentAlignment;
|
---|
4319 | }
|
---|
4320 |
|
---|
4321 | /*!
|
---|
4322 | Returns the vertical alignment of the current format.
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | \sa setVerticalAlignment()
|
---|
4325 | */
|
---|
4326 |
|
---|
4327 | Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment Q3TextEdit::verticalAlignment() const
|
---|
4328 | {
|
---|
4329 | return (Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment) currentFormat->vAlign();
|
---|
4330 | }
|
---|
4331 |
|
---|
4332 | void Q3TextEdit::startDrag()
|
---|
4333 | {
|
---|
4334 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
4335 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
4336 | inDoubleClick = false;
|
---|
4337 | Q3DragObject *drag = dragObject(viewport());
|
---|
4338 | if (!drag)
|
---|
4339 | return;
|
---|
4340 | if (isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
4341 | drag->dragCopy();
|
---|
4342 | } else {
|
---|
4343 | if (drag->drag() && Q3DragObject::target() != this && Q3DragObject::target() != viewport())
|
---|
4344 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4345 | }
|
---|
4346 | #endif
|
---|
4347 | }
|
---|
4348 |
|
---|
4349 | /*!
|
---|
4350 | If \a select is true (the default), all the text is selected as
|
---|
4351 | selection 0. If \a select is false any selected text is
|
---|
4352 | unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
|
---|
4353 |
|
---|
4354 | \sa selectedText
|
---|
4355 | */
|
---|
4356 |
|
---|
4357 | void Q3TextEdit::selectAll(bool select)
|
---|
4358 | {
|
---|
4359 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4360 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4361 | if (select)
|
---|
4362 | optimSelectAll();
|
---|
4363 | else
|
---|
4364 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
---|
4365 | return;
|
---|
4366 | }
|
---|
4367 | #endif
|
---|
4368 | if (!select)
|
---|
4369 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
4370 | else
|
---|
4371 | doc->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
4372 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4373 | emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
---|
4374 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
4375 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
4376 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
4377 | #endif
|
---|
4378 | }
|
---|
4379 |
|
---|
4380 | void Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
|
---|
4381 | {
|
---|
4382 | if (valid()) {
|
---|
4383 | if (type == Insert || type == Return)
|
---|
4384 | doc->addCommand(new Q3TextInsertCommand(doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation));
|
---|
4385 | else if (type == Format)
|
---|
4386 | doc->addCommand(new Q3TextFormatCommand(doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags));
|
---|
4387 | else if (type == Style)
|
---|
4388 | doc->addCommand(new Q3TextStyleCommand(doc, id, eid, styleInformation));
|
---|
4389 | else if (type != Invalid) {
|
---|
4390 | doc->addCommand(new Q3TextDeleteCommand(doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation));
|
---|
4391 | }
|
---|
4392 | }
|
---|
4393 | type = Invalid;
|
---|
4394 | d->text.clear();
|
---|
4395 | id = -1;
|
---|
4396 | index = -1;
|
---|
4397 | styleInformation = QByteArray();
|
---|
4398 | }
|
---|
4399 |
|
---|
4400 |
|
---|
4401 | /*!
|
---|
4402 | If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
|
---|
4403 | there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
|
---|
4404 | right of the text cursor is deleted.
|
---|
4405 |
|
---|
4406 | \sa removeSelectedText() cut()
|
---|
4407 | */
|
---|
4408 |
|
---|
4409 | void Q3TextEdit::del()
|
---|
4410 | {
|
---|
4411 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
4412 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4413 | return;
|
---|
4414 | }
|
---|
4415 |
|
---|
4416 | doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
---|
4417 | }
|
---|
4418 |
|
---|
4419 |
|
---|
4420 | Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo(Q3TextDocument *dc)
|
---|
4421 | : type(Invalid), doc(dc)
|
---|
4422 | {
|
---|
4423 | d = new QUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
|
---|
4424 | d->text.clear();
|
---|
4425 | id = -1;
|
---|
4426 | index = -1;
|
---|
4427 | }
|
---|
4428 |
|
---|
4429 | Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
|
---|
4430 | {
|
---|
4431 | delete d;
|
---|
4432 | }
|
---|
4433 |
|
---|
4434 | bool Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
|
---|
4435 | {
|
---|
4436 | return id >= 0 && type != Invalid;
|
---|
4437 | }
|
---|
4438 |
|
---|
4439 | /*!
|
---|
4440 | \internal
|
---|
4441 |
|
---|
4442 | Resets the current format to the default format.
|
---|
4443 | */
|
---|
4444 |
|
---|
4445 | void Q3TextEdit::resetFormat()
|
---|
4446 | {
|
---|
4447 | setAlignment(Qt::AlignAuto);
|
---|
4448 | setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, Q3StyleSheetItem::ListDisc);
|
---|
4449 | setFormat(doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), Q3TextFormat::Format);
|
---|
4450 | }
|
---|
4451 |
|
---|
4452 | /*!
|
---|
4453 | Returns the Q3StyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
|
---|
4454 |
|
---|
4455 | \sa setStyleSheet()
|
---|
4456 | */
|
---|
4457 |
|
---|
4458 | Q3StyleSheet* Q3TextEdit::styleSheet() const
|
---|
4459 | {
|
---|
4460 | return doc->styleSheet();
|
---|
4461 | }
|
---|
4462 |
|
---|
4463 | /*!
|
---|
4464 | Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
|
---|
4465 | Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
|
---|
4466 | append().
|
---|
4467 |
|
---|
4468 | \sa styleSheet()
|
---|
4469 | */
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 | void Q3TextEdit::setStyleSheet(Q3StyleSheet* styleSheet)
|
---|
4472 | {
|
---|
4473 | doc->setStyleSheet(styleSheet);
|
---|
4474 | }
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | /*!
|
---|
4477 | \property Q3TextEdit::paper
|
---|
4478 | \brief the background (paper) brush.
|
---|
4479 |
|
---|
4480 | The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
|
---|
4481 | text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
|
---|
4482 | */
|
---|
4483 |
|
---|
4484 | void Q3TextEdit::setPaper(const QBrush& pap)
|
---|
4485 | {
|
---|
4486 | doc->setPaper(new QBrush(pap));
|
---|
4487 | if ( pap.pixmap() )
|
---|
4488 | viewport()->setBackgroundPixmap( *pap.pixmap() );
|
---|
4489 | QPalette pal = palette();
|
---|
4490 | pal.setColor(QPalette::Window, pap.color());
|
---|
4491 | setPalette(pal);
|
---|
4492 | pal = viewport()->palette();
|
---|
4493 | pal.setColor(QPalette::Window, pap.color());
|
---|
4494 | viewport()->setPalette(pal);
|
---|
4495 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4496 | // force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
|
---|
4497 | // would clip the coords to the content size
|
---|
4498 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
4499 | repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
|
---|
4500 | else
|
---|
4501 | #endif
|
---|
4502 | updateContents();
|
---|
4503 | }
|
---|
4504 |
|
---|
4505 | QBrush Q3TextEdit::paper() const
|
---|
4506 | {
|
---|
4507 | if (doc->paper())
|
---|
4508 | return *doc->paper();
|
---|
4509 | return QBrush(palette().base());
|
---|
4510 | }
|
---|
4511 |
|
---|
4512 | /*!
|
---|
4513 | \property Q3TextEdit::linkUnderline
|
---|
4514 | \brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
|
---|
4515 |
|
---|
4516 | If true (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
|
---|
4517 | underlined. If false links will not be displayed underlined.
|
---|
4518 | */
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | void Q3TextEdit::setLinkUnderline(bool b)
|
---|
4521 | {
|
---|
4522 | if (doc->underlineLinks() == b)
|
---|
4523 | return;
|
---|
4524 | doc->setUnderlineLinks(b);
|
---|
4525 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4526 | }
|
---|
4527 |
|
---|
4528 | bool Q3TextEdit::linkUnderline() const
|
---|
4529 | {
|
---|
4530 | return doc->underlineLinks();
|
---|
4531 | }
|
---|
4532 |
|
---|
4533 | /*!
|
---|
4534 | Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
|
---|
4535 | Q3MimeSourceFactory for further details.
|
---|
4536 |
|
---|
4537 | \sa mimeSourceFactory()
|
---|
4538 | */
|
---|
4539 |
|
---|
4540 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
4541 | void Q3TextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory(Q3MimeSourceFactory* factory)
|
---|
4542 | {
|
---|
4543 | doc->setMimeSourceFactory(factory);
|
---|
4544 | }
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | /*!
|
---|
4547 | Returns the Q3MimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
|
---|
4548 | edit.
|
---|
4549 |
|
---|
4550 | \sa setMimeSourceFactory()
|
---|
4551 | */
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | Q3MimeSourceFactory* Q3TextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
|
---|
4554 | {
|
---|
4555 | return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
|
---|
4556 | }
|
---|
4557 | #endif
|
---|
4558 |
|
---|
4559 | /*!
|
---|
4560 | Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
|
---|
4561 | all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
|
---|
4562 | */
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | int Q3TextEdit::heightForWidth(int w) const
|
---|
4565 | {
|
---|
4566 | int oldw = doc->width();
|
---|
4567 | doc->doLayout(0, w);
|
---|
4568 | int h = doc->height();
|
---|
4569 | doc->setWidth(oldw);
|
---|
4570 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
4571 | ((Q3TextEdit*)this)->formatMore();
|
---|
4572 | return h;
|
---|
4573 | }
|
---|
4574 |
|
---|
4575 | /*!
|
---|
4576 | Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
|
---|
4577 | the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
|
---|
4578 | history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
|
---|
4579 | insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
|
---|
4580 | undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
|
---|
4581 | */
|
---|
4582 |
|
---|
4583 | void Q3TextEdit::append(const QString &text)
|
---|
4584 | {
|
---|
4585 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4586 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4587 | optimAppend(text);
|
---|
4588 | return;
|
---|
4589 | }
|
---|
4590 | #endif
|
---|
4591 | // flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
|
---|
4592 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
4593 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
4596 | Qt::TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
|
---|
4597 | if (f == Qt::AutoText) {
|
---|
4598 | if (Q3StyleSheet::mightBeRichText(text))
|
---|
4599 | f = Qt::RichText;
|
---|
4600 | else
|
---|
4601 | f = Qt::PlainText;
|
---|
4602 | }
|
---|
4603 |
|
---|
4604 | drawCursor(false);
|
---|
4605 | Q3TextCursor oldc(*cursor);
|
---|
4606 | ensureFormatted(doc->lastParagraph());
|
---|
4607 | bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
---|
4608 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
---|
4609 | if (cursor->index() > 0)
|
---|
4610 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
---|
4611 | Q3TextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
|
---|
4612 |
|
---|
4613 | if (f == Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
4614 | cursor->insert(text, true);
|
---|
4615 | if (doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
|
---|
4616 | currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()) {
|
---|
4617 | doc->setSelectionStart( Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
|
---|
4618 | doc->setSelectionEnd( Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
4619 | doc->setFormat( Q3TextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, Q3TextFormat::Format );
|
---|
4620 | doc->removeSelection( Q3TextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
4621 | }
|
---|
4622 | } else {
|
---|
4623 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
---|
4624 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(0);
|
---|
4625 | if (cursor->paragraph()->prev())
|
---|
4626 | cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
|
---|
4627 | doc->setRichTextInternal(text);
|
---|
4628 | }
|
---|
4629 | formatMore();
|
---|
4630 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4631 | if (atBottom)
|
---|
4632 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
4633 | *cursor = oldc;
|
---|
4634 | if (!isReadOnly())
|
---|
4635 | cursorVisible = true;
|
---|
4636 | setModified();
|
---|
4637 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
4638 | }
|
---|
4639 |
|
---|
4640 | /*!
|
---|
4641 | \property Q3TextEdit::hasSelectedText
|
---|
4642 | \brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
|
---|
4643 | */
|
---|
4644 |
|
---|
4645 | bool Q3TextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
|
---|
4646 | {
|
---|
4647 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4648 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
4649 | return optimHasSelection();
|
---|
4650 | else
|
---|
4651 | #endif
|
---|
4652 | return doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
4653 | }
|
---|
4654 |
|
---|
4655 | /*!
|
---|
4656 | \property Q3TextEdit::selectedText
|
---|
4657 | \brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
|
---|
4658 | there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
|
---|
4659 |
|
---|
4660 | The text is always returned as Qt::PlainText if the textFormat() is
|
---|
4661 | Qt::PlainText or Qt::AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
|
---|
4662 |
|
---|
4663 | \sa hasSelectedText
|
---|
4664 | */
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | QString Q3TextEdit::selectedText() const
|
---|
4667 | {
|
---|
4668 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4669 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
4670 | return optimSelectedText();
|
---|
4671 | else
|
---|
4672 | #endif
|
---|
4673 | return doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == Qt::RichText);
|
---|
4674 | }
|
---|
4675 |
|
---|
4676 | bool Q3TextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
|
---|
4677 | {
|
---|
4678 | switch(e->key()) {
|
---|
4679 | case Qt::Key_Down:
|
---|
4680 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() + 10);
|
---|
4681 | break;
|
---|
4682 | case Qt::Key_Up:
|
---|
4683 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() - 10);
|
---|
4684 | break;
|
---|
4685 | case Qt::Key_Left:
|
---|
4686 | setContentsPos(contentsX() - 10, contentsY());
|
---|
4687 | break;
|
---|
4688 | case Qt::Key_Right:
|
---|
4689 | setContentsPos(contentsX() + 10, contentsY());
|
---|
4690 | break;
|
---|
4691 | case Qt::Key_PageUp:
|
---|
4692 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight());
|
---|
4693 | break;
|
---|
4694 | case Qt::Key_PageDown:
|
---|
4695 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight());
|
---|
4696 | break;
|
---|
4697 | case Qt::Key_Home:
|
---|
4698 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), 0);
|
---|
4699 | break;
|
---|
4700 | case Qt::Key_End:
|
---|
4701 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight());
|
---|
4702 | break;
|
---|
4703 | case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
4704 | copy();
|
---|
4705 | break;
|
---|
4706 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
4707 | case Qt::Key_Return:
|
---|
4708 | case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
---|
4709 | case Qt::Key_Space: {
|
---|
4710 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
|
---|
4711 | || !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
4712 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
4713 | QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
---|
4714 | emitLinkClicked(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
---|
4715 | }
|
---|
4716 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty())
|
---|
4717 | if (Q3TextBrowser *browser = qobject_cast<Q3TextBrowser*>(this))
|
---|
4718 | emit browser->anchorClicked(doc->focusIndicator.name, doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
---|
4719 |
|
---|
4720 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
4721 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
4722 | #endif
|
---|
4723 | }
|
---|
4724 | } break;
|
---|
4725 | #endif
|
---|
4726 | default:
|
---|
4727 | if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
---|
4728 | switch (e->key()) {
|
---|
4729 | case Qt::Key_C: case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
4730 | copy();
|
---|
4731 | break;
|
---|
4732 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
4733 | case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
---|
4734 | copy();
|
---|
4735 | break;
|
---|
4736 | case Qt::Key_A:
|
---|
4737 | selectAll();
|
---|
4738 | break;
|
---|
4739 | #endif
|
---|
4740 | }
|
---|
4741 |
|
---|
4742 | }
|
---|
4743 | return false;
|
---|
4744 | }
|
---|
4745 | return true;
|
---|
4746 | }
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | /*!
|
---|
4749 | Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
|
---|
4750 | the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
|
---|
4751 | of files and images.
|
---|
4752 |
|
---|
4753 | \sa text
|
---|
4754 | */
|
---|
4755 |
|
---|
4756 | QString Q3TextEdit::context() const
|
---|
4757 | {
|
---|
4758 | return doc->context();
|
---|
4759 | }
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | /*!
|
---|
4762 | \property Q3TextEdit::documentTitle
|
---|
4763 | \brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
|
---|
4764 |
|
---|
4765 | For Qt::PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
|
---|
4766 | Qt::RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
|
---|
4767 | if present, otherwise an empty string.
|
---|
4768 | */
|
---|
4769 |
|
---|
4770 | QString Q3TextEdit::documentTitle() const
|
---|
4771 | {
|
---|
4772 | return doc->attributes()[QLatin1String("title")];
|
---|
4773 | }
|
---|
4774 |
|
---|
4775 | void Q3TextEdit::makeParagVisible(Q3TextParagraph *p)
|
---|
4776 | {
|
---|
4777 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), qMin(p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight()));
|
---|
4778 | }
|
---|
4779 |
|
---|
4780 | /*!
|
---|
4781 | Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
|
---|
4782 | name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
|
---|
4783 | isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
|
---|
4784 | the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
|
---|
4785 | */
|
---|
4786 |
|
---|
4787 | void Q3TextEdit::scrollToAnchor(const QString& name)
|
---|
4788 | {
|
---|
4789 | if (!isVisible()) {
|
---|
4790 | d->scrollToAnchor = name;
|
---|
4791 | return;
|
---|
4792 | }
|
---|
4793 | if (name.isEmpty())
|
---|
4794 | return;
|
---|
4795 | sync();
|
---|
4796 | Q3TextCursor cursor(doc);
|
---|
4797 | Q3TextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
|
---|
4798 | for (;;) {
|
---|
4799 | Q3TextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at(cursor.index());
|
---|
4800 | if(c->isAnchor()) {
|
---|
4801 | QString a = c->anchorName();
|
---|
4802 | if (a == name ||
|
---|
4803 | (a.contains(QLatin1Char('#')) && a.split(QLatin1Char('#')).contains(name))) {
|
---|
4804 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), qMin(cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight()));
|
---|
4805 | break;
|
---|
4806 | }
|
---|
4807 | }
|
---|
4808 | if (cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd() )
|
---|
4809 | break;
|
---|
4810 | cursor.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4811 | }
|
---|
4812 | }
|
---|
4813 |
|
---|
4814 | /*!
|
---|
4815 | Returns the text for the attribute \a attr (Qt::AnchorHref by
|
---|
4816 | default) if there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
---|
4817 | coordinates); otherwise returns an empty string.
|
---|
4818 | */
|
---|
4819 |
|
---|
4820 | QString Q3TextEdit::anchorAt(const QPoint& pos, Qt::AnchorAttribute attr)
|
---|
4821 | {
|
---|
4822 | Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
---|
4823 | placeCursor(pos, &c, true);
|
---|
4824 | switch(attr) {
|
---|
4825 | case Qt::AnchorName:
|
---|
4826 | return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
---|
4827 | case Qt::AnchorHref:
|
---|
4828 | return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
---|
4829 | }
|
---|
4830 | // incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
|
---|
4831 | // returns something :)
|
---|
4832 | return QString();
|
---|
4833 | }
|
---|
4834 |
|
---|
4835 | void Q3TextEdit::documentWidthChanged(int w)
|
---|
4836 | {
|
---|
4837 | resizeContents(qMax(visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight());
|
---|
4838 | }
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | /*! \internal
|
---|
4841 |
|
---|
4842 | This function does nothing
|
---|
4843 | */
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | void Q3TextEdit::updateStyles()
|
---|
4846 | {
|
---|
4847 | }
|
---|
4848 |
|
---|
4849 | void Q3TextEdit::setDocument(Q3TextDocument *dc)
|
---|
4850 | {
|
---|
4851 | if (dc == 0) {
|
---|
4852 | qWarning("Q3TextEdit::setDocument() called with null Q3TextDocument pointer");
|
---|
4853 | return;
|
---|
4854 | }
|
---|
4855 | if (dc == doc)
|
---|
4856 | return;
|
---|
4857 | doc = dc;
|
---|
4858 | delete cursor;
|
---|
4859 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
4860 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
4861 | undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
|
---|
4862 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
4863 | }
|
---|
4864 |
|
---|
4865 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
4866 |
|
---|
4867 | /*!
|
---|
4868 | Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
|
---|
4869 | text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
|
---|
4870 | "plain" or "html".
|
---|
4871 |
|
---|
4872 | If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
|
---|
4873 | nothing happens.
|
---|
4874 |
|
---|
4875 | \sa paste() cut() Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
---|
4876 | */
|
---|
4877 |
|
---|
4878 | void Q3TextEdit::pasteSubType(const QByteArray &subtype)
|
---|
4879 | {
|
---|
4880 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
4881 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode);
|
---|
4882 | pasteSubType(subtype, m);
|
---|
4883 | #endif
|
---|
4884 | }
|
---|
4885 |
|
---|
4886 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
4887 |
|
---|
4888 | void Q3TextEdit::pasteSubType(const QByteArray& subtype, QMimeSource *m)
|
---|
4889 | {
|
---|
4890 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
4891 | QByteArray st = subtype;
|
---|
4892 |
|
---|
4893 | if (subtype != "x-qrichtext")
|
---|
4894 | st.prepend("text/");
|
---|
4895 | else
|
---|
4896 | st.prepend("application/");
|
---|
4897 | if (!m)
|
---|
4898 | return;
|
---|
4899 | if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
---|
4900 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4901 | if (!Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(m))
|
---|
4902 | return;
|
---|
4903 | QString t;
|
---|
4904 | if (!Q3RichTextDrag::decode(m, t, QString::fromLatin1(st), QString::fromLatin1(subtype)))
|
---|
4905 | return;
|
---|
4906 | if (st == "application/x-qrichtext") {
|
---|
4907 | int start;
|
---|
4908 | if ((start = t.indexOf(QLatin1String("<!--StartFragment-->"))) != -1) {
|
---|
4909 | start += 20;
|
---|
4910 | int end = t.indexOf(QLatin1String("<!--EndFragment-->"));
|
---|
4911 | Q3TextCursor oldC = *cursor;
|
---|
4912 |
|
---|
4913 | // during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
|
---|
4914 | // paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
|
---|
4915 | // the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
|
---|
4916 | // would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
|
---|
4917 | // one letter back and later go one forward again.
|
---|
4918 | oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
4919 | bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
|
---|
4920 | // first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
|
---|
4921 | bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
4922 |
|
---|
4923 | if (start < end)
|
---|
4924 | t = t.mid(start, end - start);
|
---|
4925 | else
|
---|
4926 | t = t.mid(start);
|
---|
4927 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
4928 | if (lastFormatted->prev())
|
---|
4929 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
|
---|
4930 | doc->setRichTextInternal(t, cursor);
|
---|
4931 |
|
---|
4932 | // the first para might have been deleted in
|
---|
4933 | // setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
|
---|
4934 | // necessary.
|
---|
4935 | if (wasAtFirst) {
|
---|
4936 | int index = oldC.index();
|
---|
4937 | oldC.setParagraph(doc->firstParagraph());
|
---|
4938 | oldC.setIndex(index);
|
---|
4939 | }
|
---|
4940 |
|
---|
4941 | // if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
|
---|
4942 | // go one forward to point to the right position
|
---|
4943 | if (couldGoBack)
|
---|
4944 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4945 |
|
---|
4946 | if (undoEnabled && !isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
4947 | doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldC);
|
---|
4948 | doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Insert);
|
---|
4951 | if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
---|
4952 | undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
4953 | undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
|
---|
4954 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
---|
4955 | }
|
---|
4956 | int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
---|
4957 | if (!doc->preProcessor()) {
|
---|
4958 | QString txt = doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
4959 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
---|
4960 | for (int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i) {
|
---|
4961 | if (txt[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format()) {
|
---|
4962 | oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format()->addRef();
|
---|
4963 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
---|
4964 | setFormat(oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format(), true);
|
---|
4965 | }
|
---|
4966 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4967 | }
|
---|
4968 | }
|
---|
4969 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
4970 | removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
4971 | }
|
---|
4972 |
|
---|
4973 | formatMore();
|
---|
4974 | setModified();
|
---|
4975 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
4976 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4977 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
4978 | return;
|
---|
4979 | }
|
---|
4980 | } else {
|
---|
4981 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
4982 | // Need to convert CRLF to LF
|
---|
4983 | t.replace(QLatin1String("\r\n"), QLatin1String("\n"));
|
---|
4984 | #elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
---|
4985 | //need to convert CR to LF
|
---|
4986 | t.replace(QLatin1Char('\r'), QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
4987 | #endif
|
---|
4988 | QChar *uc = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
---|
4989 | for (int i = 0; i < t.length(); i++) {
|
---|
4990 | if (uc[i] < QLatin1Char(' ') && uc[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && uc[i] != QLatin1Char('\t'))
|
---|
4991 | uc[i] = QLatin1Char(' ');
|
---|
4992 | }
|
---|
4993 | if (!t.isEmpty())
|
---|
4994 | insert(t, false, true);
|
---|
4995 | }
|
---|
4996 | #endif //QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
4997 | }
|
---|
4998 |
|
---|
4999 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
5000 | /*!
|
---|
5001 | Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
|
---|
5002 | available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
|
---|
5003 | into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
|
---|
5004 | selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
|
---|
5005 | */
|
---|
5006 | void Q3TextEdit::pasteSpecial(const QPoint& pt)
|
---|
5007 | {
|
---|
5008 | QByteArray st = pickSpecial(QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode),
|
---|
5009 | true, pt);
|
---|
5010 | if (!st.isEmpty())
|
---|
5011 | pasteSubType(st);
|
---|
5012 | }
|
---|
5013 | #endif
|
---|
5014 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
5015 | QByteArray Q3TextEdit::pickSpecial(QMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const QPoint& pt)
|
---|
5016 | {
|
---|
5017 | if (ms) {
|
---|
5018 | #ifndef QT_NO_MENU
|
---|
5019 | QMenu popup(this);
|
---|
5020 | QString fmt;
|
---|
5021 | int n = 0;
|
---|
5022 | QHash<QString, bool> done;
|
---|
5023 | for (int i = 0; !(fmt = QLatin1String(ms->format(i))).isNull(); i++) {
|
---|
5024 | int semi = fmt.indexOf(QLatin1Char(';'));
|
---|
5025 | if (semi >= 0)
|
---|
5026 | fmt = fmt.left(semi);
|
---|
5027 | if (fmt.left(5) == QLatin1String("text/")) {
|
---|
5028 | fmt = fmt.mid(5);
|
---|
5029 | if (!done.contains(fmt)) {
|
---|
5030 | done.insert(fmt,true);
|
---|
5031 | popup.insertItem(fmt, i);
|
---|
5032 | n++;
|
---|
5033 | }
|
---|
5034 | }
|
---|
5035 | }
|
---|
5036 | if (n) {
|
---|
5037 | QAction *action = (n == 1 && !always_ask)
|
---|
5038 | ? popup.actions().at(0)
|
---|
5039 | : popup.exec(pt);
|
---|
5040 | if (action)
|
---|
5041 | return action->text().toLatin1();
|
---|
5042 | }
|
---|
5043 | #else
|
---|
5044 | QString fmt;
|
---|
5045 | for (int i = 0; !(fmt = ms->format(i)).isNull(); i++) {
|
---|
5046 | int semi = fmt.indexOf(';');
|
---|
5047 | if (semi >= 0)
|
---|
5048 | fmt = fmt.left(semi);
|
---|
5049 | if (fmt.left(5) == "text/") {
|
---|
5050 | fmt = fmt.mid(5);
|
---|
5051 | return fmt.latin1();
|
---|
5052 | }
|
---|
5053 | }
|
---|
5054 | #endif
|
---|
5055 | }
|
---|
5056 | return QByteArray();
|
---|
5057 | }
|
---|
5058 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
5059 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5060 |
|
---|
5061 | /*!
|
---|
5062 | \enum Q3TextEdit::WordWrap
|
---|
5063 |
|
---|
5064 | This enum defines the Q3TextEdit's word wrap modes.
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | \value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
|
---|
5067 |
|
---|
5068 | \value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
|
---|
5069 | widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
|
---|
5070 | default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | \value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
|
---|
5073 | from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
|
---|
5074 | wrapColumnOrWidth().
|
---|
5075 |
|
---|
5076 | \value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
|
---|
5077 | character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
|
---|
5078 | characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
|
---|
5079 | need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
|
---|
5080 | devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
|
---|
5081 | terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
|
---|
5082 |
|
---|
5083 | \sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
|
---|
5084 | */
|
---|
5085 |
|
---|
5086 | /*!
|
---|
5087 | \property Q3TextEdit::wordWrap
|
---|
5088 | \brief the word wrap mode
|
---|
5089 |
|
---|
5090 | The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
|
---|
5091 | wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
|
---|
5092 | whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
|
---|
5093 | occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
|
---|
5094 | \c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
|
---|
5095 | setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | \sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
|
---|
5098 | */
|
---|
5099 |
|
---|
5100 | void Q3TextEdit::setWordWrap(WordWrap mode)
|
---|
5101 | {
|
---|
5102 | if (wrapMode == mode)
|
---|
5103 | return;
|
---|
5104 | wrapMode = mode;
|
---|
5105 | switch (mode) {
|
---|
5106 | case NoWrap:
|
---|
5107 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(false);
|
---|
5108 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
---|
5109 | doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
---|
5110 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
5111 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5112 | updateContents();
|
---|
5113 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5114 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5115 | formatMore();
|
---|
5116 | break;
|
---|
5117 | case WidgetWidth:
|
---|
5118 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
---|
5119 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
---|
5120 | doResize();
|
---|
5121 | break;
|
---|
5122 | case FixedPixelWidth:
|
---|
5123 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
---|
5124 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
---|
5125 | if (wrapWidth < 0)
|
---|
5126 | wrapWidth = 200;
|
---|
5127 | setWrapColumnOrWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5128 | break;
|
---|
5129 | case FixedColumnWidth:
|
---|
5130 | if (wrapWidth < 0)
|
---|
5131 | wrapWidth = 80;
|
---|
5132 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
---|
5133 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5134 | setWrapColumnOrWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5135 | break;
|
---|
5136 | }
|
---|
5137 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5138 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
5139 | #endif
|
---|
5140 | }
|
---|
5141 |
|
---|
5142 | Q3TextEdit::WordWrap Q3TextEdit::wordWrap() const
|
---|
5143 | {
|
---|
5144 | return wrapMode;
|
---|
5145 | }
|
---|
5146 |
|
---|
5147 | /*!
|
---|
5148 | \property Q3TextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
|
---|
5149 | \brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
|
---|
5150 |
|
---|
5151 | If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
|
---|
5152 | pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
|
---|
5153 | wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
|
---|
5154 | column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
|
---|
5155 | text edit at which text should be wrapped.
|
---|
5156 |
|
---|
5157 | \sa wordWrap
|
---|
5158 | */
|
---|
5159 | void Q3TextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth(int value)
|
---|
5160 | {
|
---|
5161 | wrapWidth = value;
|
---|
5162 | if (wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth) {
|
---|
5163 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5164 | resizeContents(0, 0);
|
---|
5165 | doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
---|
5166 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
5167 | } else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth) {
|
---|
5168 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
---|
5169 | resizeContents(wrapWidth, 0);
|
---|
5170 | doc->setWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5171 | doc->setMinimumWidth(wrapWidth);
|
---|
5172 | } else {
|
---|
5173 | return;
|
---|
5174 | }
|
---|
5175 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5176 | updateContents();
|
---|
5177 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5178 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5179 | formatMore();
|
---|
5180 | }
|
---|
5181 |
|
---|
5182 | int Q3TextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
|
---|
5183 | {
|
---|
5184 | if (wrapMode == WidgetWidth)
|
---|
5185 | return visibleWidth();
|
---|
5186 | return wrapWidth;
|
---|
5187 | }
|
---|
5188 |
|
---|
5189 |
|
---|
5190 | /*!
|
---|
5191 | \enum Q3TextEdit::WrapPolicy
|
---|
5192 |
|
---|
5193 | This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
|
---|
5194 |
|
---|
5195 | \value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
|
---|
5196 | synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
|
---|
5197 | \value Anywhere Break anywhere, including within words.
|
---|
5198 | \value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
|
---|
5199 | newlines
|
---|
5200 | \value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
|
---|
5201 | spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
|
---|
5202 |
|
---|
5203 | \sa setWrapPolicy()
|
---|
5204 | */
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | /*!
|
---|
5207 | \property Q3TextEdit::wrapPolicy
|
---|
5208 | \brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
|
---|
5209 |
|
---|
5210 | Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
|
---|
5211 | NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
|
---|
5212 | Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
|
---|
5213 |
|
---|
5214 | \sa wordWrap
|
---|
5215 | */
|
---|
5216 |
|
---|
5217 | void Q3TextEdit::setWrapPolicy(WrapPolicy policy)
|
---|
5218 | {
|
---|
5219 | if (wPolicy == policy)
|
---|
5220 | return;
|
---|
5221 | wPolicy = policy;
|
---|
5222 | Q3TextFormatter *formatter;
|
---|
5223 | if (policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary) {
|
---|
5224 | formatter = new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords;
|
---|
5225 | formatter->setAllowBreakInWords(policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary);
|
---|
5226 | } else {
|
---|
5227 | formatter = new Q3TextFormatterBreakInWords;
|
---|
5228 | }
|
---|
5229 | formatter->setWrapAtColumn(document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn());
|
---|
5230 | formatter->setWrapEnabled(document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled(0));
|
---|
5231 | document()->setFormatter(formatter);
|
---|
5232 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5233 | updateContents();
|
---|
5234 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5235 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5236 | formatMore();
|
---|
5237 | }
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | Q3TextEdit::WrapPolicy Q3TextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
|
---|
5240 | {
|
---|
5241 | return wPolicy;
|
---|
5242 | }
|
---|
5243 |
|
---|
5244 | /*!
|
---|
5245 | Deletes all the text in the text edit.
|
---|
5246 |
|
---|
5247 | \sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
|
---|
5248 | */
|
---|
5249 |
|
---|
5250 | void Q3TextEdit::clear()
|
---|
5251 | {
|
---|
5252 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5253 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5254 | optimSetText(QLatin1String(""));
|
---|
5255 | } else
|
---|
5256 | #endif
|
---|
5257 | {
|
---|
5258 | // make clear undoable
|
---|
5259 | doc->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
5260 | removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
---|
5261 | setContentsPos(0, 0);
|
---|
5262 | if (cursor->isValid())
|
---|
5263 | cursor->restoreState();
|
---|
5264 | doc->clear(true);
|
---|
5265 | delete cursor;
|
---|
5266 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
5267 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
5268 | }
|
---|
5269 | updateContents();
|
---|
5270 |
|
---|
5271 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
---|
5272 | emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
---|
5273 | }
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | int Q3TextEdit::undoDepth() const
|
---|
5276 | {
|
---|
5277 | return document()->undoDepth();
|
---|
5278 | }
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | /*!
|
---|
5281 | \property Q3TextEdit::length
|
---|
5282 | \brief the number of characters in the text
|
---|
5283 | */
|
---|
5284 |
|
---|
5285 | int Q3TextEdit::length() const
|
---|
5286 | {
|
---|
5287 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5288 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
5289 | return d->od->len;
|
---|
5290 | else
|
---|
5291 | #endif
|
---|
5292 | return document()->length();
|
---|
5293 | }
|
---|
5294 |
|
---|
5295 | /*!
|
---|
5296 | \property Q3TextEdit::tabStopWidth
|
---|
5297 | \brief the tab stop width in pixels
|
---|
5298 | */
|
---|
5299 |
|
---|
5300 | int Q3TextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
|
---|
5301 | {
|
---|
5302 | return document()->tabStopWidth();
|
---|
5303 | }
|
---|
5304 |
|
---|
5305 | void Q3TextEdit::setUndoDepth(int d)
|
---|
5306 | {
|
---|
5307 | document()->setUndoDepth(d);
|
---|
5308 | }
|
---|
5309 |
|
---|
5310 | void Q3TextEdit::setTabStopWidth(int ts)
|
---|
5311 | {
|
---|
5312 | document()->setTabStops(ts);
|
---|
5313 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5314 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5315 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5316 | formatMore();
|
---|
5317 | updateContents();
|
---|
5318 | }
|
---|
5319 |
|
---|
5320 | /*!
|
---|
5321 | \reimp
|
---|
5322 | */
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | QSize Q3TextEdit::sizeHint() const
|
---|
5325 | {
|
---|
5326 | // cf. Q3ScrollView::sizeHint()
|
---|
5327 | ensurePolished();
|
---|
5328 | int f = 2 * frameWidth();
|
---|
5329 | int h = fontMetrics().height();
|
---|
5330 | QSize sz(f, f);
|
---|
5331 | return sz.expandedTo(QSize(12 * h, 8 * h));
|
---|
5332 | }
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | void Q3TextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
|
---|
5335 | {
|
---|
5336 | if (!undoEnabled)
|
---|
5337 | return;
|
---|
5338 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
5339 | emit undoAvailable(doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable());
|
---|
5340 | emit redoAvailable(doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable());
|
---|
5341 | }
|
---|
5342 |
|
---|
5343 | /*! \internal
|
---|
5344 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
5345 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
5346 | function will go away.
|
---|
5347 |
|
---|
5348 | This function gets the format of the character at position \a
|
---|
5349 | index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
|
---|
5350 | color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
|
---|
5351 | character's vertical alignment.
|
---|
5352 |
|
---|
5353 | Returns false if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
|
---|
5354 | returns true.
|
---|
5355 | */
|
---|
5356 |
|
---|
5357 | bool Q3TextEdit::getFormat(int para, int index, QFont *font, QColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment)
|
---|
5358 | {
|
---|
5359 | if (!font || !color)
|
---|
5360 | return false;
|
---|
5361 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5362 | if (!p)
|
---|
5363 | return false;
|
---|
5364 | if (index < 0 || index >= p->length())
|
---|
5365 | return false;
|
---|
5366 | *font = p->at(index)->format()->font();
|
---|
5367 | *color = p->at(index)->format()->color();
|
---|
5368 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(index)->format()->vAlign();
|
---|
5369 | return true;
|
---|
5370 | }
|
---|
5371 |
|
---|
5372 | /*! \internal
|
---|
5373 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
5374 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
5375 | function will go away.
|
---|
5376 |
|
---|
5377 | This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
|
---|
5378 | font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
|
---|
5379 | verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
|
---|
5380 | alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
|
---|
5381 | paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
|
---|
5382 | (if the display mode is Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
|
---|
5383 | listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
|
---|
5384 | Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
|
---|
5385 |
|
---|
5386 | Returns false if \a para is out of range otherwise returns true.
|
---|
5387 | */
|
---|
5388 |
|
---|
5389 | bool Q3TextEdit::getParagraphFormat(int para, QFont *font, QColor *color,
|
---|
5390 | VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
|
---|
5391 | Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
|
---|
5392 | Q3StyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
|
---|
5393 | int *listDepth)
|
---|
5394 | {
|
---|
5395 | if (!font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle)
|
---|
5396 | return false;
|
---|
5397 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5398 | if (!p)
|
---|
5399 | return false;
|
---|
5400 | *font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
|
---|
5401 | *color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
|
---|
5402 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
|
---|
5403 | *alignment = p->alignment();
|
---|
5404 | *displayMode = p->isListItem() ? Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
|
---|
5405 | *listStyle = p->listStyle();
|
---|
5406 | *listDepth = p->listDepth();
|
---|
5407 | return true;
|
---|
5408 | }
|
---|
5409 |
|
---|
5410 |
|
---|
5411 |
|
---|
5412 | /*!
|
---|
5413 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
|
---|
5414 | at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
|
---|
5415 | popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
|
---|
5416 | menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
|
---|
5417 |
|
---|
5418 | \warning The QPopupMenu ID values 0-7 are reserved, and they map to the
|
---|
5419 | standard operations. When inserting items into your custom popup menu, be
|
---|
5420 | sure to specify ID values larger than 7.
|
---|
5421 | */
|
---|
5422 |
|
---|
5423 | Q3PopupMenu *Q3TextEdit::createPopupMenu(const QPoint& pos)
|
---|
5424 | {
|
---|
5425 | Q_UNUSED(pos)
|
---|
5426 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
---|
5427 | Q3PopupMenu *popup = new Q3PopupMenu(this, "qt_edit_menu");
|
---|
5428 | if (!isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
5429 | d->id[IdUndo] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Undo") + ACCEL_KEY(Z));
|
---|
5430 | d->id[IdRedo] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Redo") + ACCEL_KEY(Y));
|
---|
5431 | popup->addSeparator();
|
---|
5432 | }
|
---|
5433 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5434 | if (!isReadOnly())
|
---|
5435 | d->id[IdCut] = popup->insertItem(tr("Cu&t") + ACCEL_KEY(X));
|
---|
5436 | d->id[IdCopy] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Copy") + ACCEL_KEY(C));
|
---|
5437 | if (!isReadOnly())
|
---|
5438 | d->id[IdPaste] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Paste") + ACCEL_KEY(V));
|
---|
5439 | #endif
|
---|
5440 | if (!isReadOnly()) {
|
---|
5441 | d->id[IdClear] = popup->insertItem(tr("Clear"));
|
---|
5442 | popup->addSeparator();
|
---|
5443 | }
|
---|
5444 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
5445 | d->id[IdSelectAll] = popup->insertItem(tr("Select All"));
|
---|
5446 | #else
|
---|
5447 | d->id[IdSelectAll] = popup->insertItem(tr("Select All") + ACCEL_KEY(A));
|
---|
5448 | #endif
|
---|
5449 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdUndo], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable());
|
---|
5450 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdRedo], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable());
|
---|
5451 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5452 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCut], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
---|
5453 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5454 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCopy], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
---|
5455 | #else
|
---|
5456 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCopy], doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
---|
5457 | #endif
|
---|
5458 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdPaste], !isReadOnly() && !QApplication::clipboard()->text(d->clipboard_mode).isEmpty());
|
---|
5459 | #endif
|
---|
5460 | const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
|
---|
5461 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdClear], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument);
|
---|
5462 | popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdSelectAll], !isEmptyDocument);
|
---|
5463 | return popup;
|
---|
5464 | #else
|
---|
5465 | return 0;
|
---|
5466 | #endif
|
---|
5467 | }
|
---|
5468 |
|
---|
5469 | /*! \overload
|
---|
5470 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
|
---|
5471 | If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
|
---|
5472 | and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
|
---|
5473 | transferred to the caller.
|
---|
5474 |
|
---|
5475 | This function is only called if createPopupMenu(const QPoint &)
|
---|
5476 | returns 0.
|
---|
5477 | */
|
---|
5478 |
|
---|
5479 | Q3PopupMenu *Q3TextEdit::createPopupMenu()
|
---|
5480 | {
|
---|
5481 | return 0;
|
---|
5482 | }
|
---|
5483 |
|
---|
5484 | /*!
|
---|
5485 | \fn Q3TextEdit::zoomIn()
|
---|
5486 |
|
---|
5487 | \overload
|
---|
5488 |
|
---|
5489 | Zooms in on the text by making the base font size one point
|
---|
5490 | larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5491 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5492 |
|
---|
5493 | \sa zoomOut()
|
---|
5494 | */
|
---|
5495 |
|
---|
5496 | /*!
|
---|
5497 | \fn Q3TextEdit::zoomOut()
|
---|
5498 |
|
---|
5499 | \overload
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | Zooms out on the text by making the base font size one point
|
---|
5502 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5503 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5504 |
|
---|
5505 | \sa zoomIn()
|
---|
5506 | */
|
---|
5507 |
|
---|
5508 |
|
---|
5509 | /*!
|
---|
5510 | Zooms in on the text by making the base font size \a range
|
---|
5511 | points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
|
---|
5512 | This does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5513 |
|
---|
5514 | \sa zoomOut()
|
---|
5515 | */
|
---|
5516 |
|
---|
5517 | void Q3TextEdit::zoomIn(int range)
|
---|
5518 | {
|
---|
5519 | QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
5520 | f.setPointSize(f.pointSize() + range);
|
---|
5521 | setFont(f);
|
---|
5522 | }
|
---|
5523 |
|
---|
5524 | /*!
|
---|
5525 | Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
|
---|
5526 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5527 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5528 |
|
---|
5529 | \sa zoomIn()
|
---|
5530 | */
|
---|
5531 |
|
---|
5532 | void Q3TextEdit::zoomOut(int range)
|
---|
5533 | {
|
---|
5534 | QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
5535 | f.setPointSize(qMax(1, f.pointSize() - range));
|
---|
5536 | setFont(f);
|
---|
5537 | }
|
---|
5538 |
|
---|
5539 | /*!
|
---|
5540 | Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
|
---|
5541 | recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
|
---|
5542 | change the size of any images.
|
---|
5543 | */
|
---|
5544 |
|
---|
5545 | void Q3TextEdit::zoomTo(int size)
|
---|
5546 | {
|
---|
5547 | QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
5548 | f.setPointSize(size);
|
---|
5549 | setFont(f);
|
---|
5550 | }
|
---|
5551 |
|
---|
5552 | /*!
|
---|
5553 | Q3TextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
|
---|
5554 | optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
|
---|
5555 | on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
|
---|
5556 | call this function.
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | In some situations you may want to force the whole text
|
---|
5559 | to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
|
---|
5560 | to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
|
---|
5561 | would call this function first.
|
---|
5562 | */
|
---|
5563 |
|
---|
5564 | void Q3TextEdit::sync()
|
---|
5565 | {
|
---|
5566 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5567 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5568 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
5569 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
5570 | } else
|
---|
5571 | #endif
|
---|
5572 | {
|
---|
5573 | while (lastFormatted) {
|
---|
5574 | lastFormatted->format();
|
---|
5575 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
---|
5576 | }
|
---|
5577 | resizeContents(contentsWidth(), doc->height());
|
---|
5578 | }
|
---|
5579 | updateScrollBars();
|
---|
5580 | }
|
---|
5581 |
|
---|
5582 | /*!
|
---|
5583 | Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
|
---|
5584 | and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
|
---|
5585 | inverted with \a invertText.
|
---|
5586 |
|
---|
5587 | This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
|
---|
5588 | selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
|
---|
5589 | palette().
|
---|
5590 | */
|
---|
5591 |
|
---|
5592 | void Q3TextEdit::setSelectionAttributes(int selNum, const QColor &back, bool invertText)
|
---|
5593 | {
|
---|
5594 | if (selNum < 1)
|
---|
5595 | return;
|
---|
5596 | if (selNum > doc->numSelections())
|
---|
5597 | doc->addSelection(selNum);
|
---|
5598 | doc->setSelectionColor(selNum, back);
|
---|
5599 | if (invertText)
|
---|
5600 | doc->setSelectionTextColor(selNum, palette().color(QPalette::HighlightedText));
|
---|
5601 | }
|
---|
5602 |
|
---|
5603 | /*!
|
---|
5604 | \reimp
|
---|
5605 | */
|
---|
5606 | void Q3TextEdit::changeEvent(QEvent *ev)
|
---|
5607 | {
|
---|
5608 | if(ev->type() == QEvent::ActivationChange) {
|
---|
5609 | if (!isActiveWindow() && scrollTimer)
|
---|
5610 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
5611 | if (!palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive))
|
---|
5612 | updateContents();
|
---|
5613 | }
|
---|
5614 |
|
---|
5615 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5616 | if (d->optimMode && (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationFontChange
|
---|
5617 | || ev->type() == QEvent::FontChange)) {
|
---|
5618 | QFont f = font();
|
---|
5619 | if (f.kerning())
|
---|
5620 | f.setKerning(false);
|
---|
5621 |
|
---|
5622 | setFont(f);
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | Q3ScrollView::setFont(f);
|
---|
5625 | doc->setDefaultFormat(f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color());
|
---|
5626 | // recalculate the max string width
|
---|
5627 | QFontMetrics fm(f);
|
---|
5628 | int i, sw;
|
---|
5629 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
---|
5630 | for (i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++) {
|
---|
5631 | sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
|
---|
5632 | if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
|
---|
5633 | d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
|
---|
5634 | }
|
---|
5635 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
5636 | return;
|
---|
5637 | }
|
---|
5638 | #endif
|
---|
5639 |
|
---|
5640 | Q3ScrollView::changeEvent(ev);
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | if (textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
---|
5643 | if (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange || ev->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange
|
---|
5644 | || ev->type() == QEvent::EnabledChange) {
|
---|
5645 | Q3TextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
---|
5646 | f->setColor(palette().text().color());
|
---|
5647 | updateContents();
|
---|
5648 | }
|
---|
5649 | }
|
---|
5650 |
|
---|
5651 | if (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationFontChange || ev->type() == QEvent::FontChange) {
|
---|
5652 | QFont f = font();
|
---|
5653 | if (f.kerning())
|
---|
5654 | f.setKerning(false);
|
---|
5655 | doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
---|
5656 | doc->setDefaultFormat(f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color());
|
---|
5657 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5658 | formatMore();
|
---|
5659 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5660 | }
|
---|
5661 | }
|
---|
5662 |
|
---|
5663 | void Q3TextEdit::setReadOnly(bool b)
|
---|
5664 | {
|
---|
5665 | if (readonly == b)
|
---|
5666 | return;
|
---|
5667 | readonly = b;
|
---|
5668 | d->cursorBlinkActive = !b;
|
---|
5669 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5670 | if (readonly)
|
---|
5671 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
|
---|
5672 | else
|
---|
5673 | viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
5674 | setInputMethodEnabled(!readonly);
|
---|
5675 | #endif
|
---|
5676 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5677 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
5678 | #endif
|
---|
5679 | }
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | /*!
|
---|
5682 | Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
|
---|
5683 | required.
|
---|
5684 | */
|
---|
5685 |
|
---|
5686 | void Q3TextEdit::scrollToBottom()
|
---|
5687 | {
|
---|
5688 | sync();
|
---|
5689 | setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight());
|
---|
5690 | }
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | /*!
|
---|
5693 | Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
|
---|
5694 | coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
|
---|
5695 | */
|
---|
5696 |
|
---|
5697 | QRect Q3TextEdit::paragraphRect(int para) const
|
---|
5698 | {
|
---|
5699 | Q3TextEdit *that = (Q3TextEdit *)this;
|
---|
5700 | that->sync();
|
---|
5701 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5702 | if (!p)
|
---|
5703 | return QRect(-1, -1, -1, -1);
|
---|
5704 | return p->rect();
|
---|
5705 | }
|
---|
5706 |
|
---|
5707 | /*!
|
---|
5708 | Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
|
---|
5709 | coordinates).
|
---|
5710 | */
|
---|
5711 |
|
---|
5712 | int Q3TextEdit::paragraphAt(const QPoint &pos) const
|
---|
5713 | {
|
---|
5714 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5715 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5716 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
5717 | int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
5718 | if (parag <= d->od->numLines)
|
---|
5719 | return parag;
|
---|
5720 | else
|
---|
5721 | return 0;
|
---|
5722 | }
|
---|
5723 | #endif
|
---|
5724 | Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
---|
5725 | c.place(pos, doc->firstParagraph());
|
---|
5726 | if (c.paragraph())
|
---|
5727 | return c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
5728 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
---|
5729 | }
|
---|
5730 |
|
---|
5731 | /*!
|
---|
5732 | Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
|
---|
5733 | position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
|
---|
5734 | \c{*}\a{para} is set to the character's paragraph.
|
---|
5735 | */
|
---|
5736 |
|
---|
5737 | int Q3TextEdit::charAt(const QPoint &pos, int *para) const
|
---|
5738 | {
|
---|
5739 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5740 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5741 | int par = paragraphAt(pos);
|
---|
5742 | if (para)
|
---|
5743 | *para = par;
|
---|
5744 | return optimCharIndex(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(par)], pos.x());
|
---|
5745 | }
|
---|
5746 | #endif
|
---|
5747 | Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
---|
5748 | c.place(pos, doc->firstParagraph());
|
---|
5749 | if (c.paragraph()) {
|
---|
5750 | if (para)
|
---|
5751 | *para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
5752 | return c.index();
|
---|
5753 | }
|
---|
5754 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
---|
5755 | }
|
---|
5756 |
|
---|
5757 | /*!
|
---|
5758 | Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
|
---|
5759 | */
|
---|
5760 |
|
---|
5761 | void Q3TextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor(int para, const QColor &bg)
|
---|
5762 | {
|
---|
5763 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5764 | if (!p)
|
---|
5765 | return;
|
---|
5766 | p->setBackgroundColor(bg);
|
---|
5767 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5768 | }
|
---|
5769 |
|
---|
5770 | /*!
|
---|
5771 | Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
|
---|
5772 | default color is used again.
|
---|
5773 | */
|
---|
5774 |
|
---|
5775 | void Q3TextEdit::clearParagraphBackground(int para)
|
---|
5776 | {
|
---|
5777 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5778 | if (!p)
|
---|
5779 | return;
|
---|
5780 | p->clearBackgroundColor();
|
---|
5781 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5782 | }
|
---|
5783 |
|
---|
5784 | /*!
|
---|
5785 | Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
|
---|
5786 | invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
|
---|
5787 | background set
|
---|
5788 | */
|
---|
5789 |
|
---|
5790 | QColor Q3TextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor(int para) const
|
---|
5791 | {
|
---|
5792 | Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
---|
5793 | if (!p)
|
---|
5794 | return QColor();
|
---|
5795 | QColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
|
---|
5796 | if (c)
|
---|
5797 | return *c;
|
---|
5798 | return QColor();
|
---|
5799 | }
|
---|
5800 |
|
---|
5801 | /*!
|
---|
5802 | \property Q3TextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
|
---|
5803 | \brief whether undo/redo is enabled
|
---|
5804 |
|
---|
5805 | When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
|
---|
5806 |
|
---|
5807 | The default is true.
|
---|
5808 | */
|
---|
5809 |
|
---|
5810 | void Q3TextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled(bool b)
|
---|
5811 | {
|
---|
5812 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
5813 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | undoEnabled = b;
|
---|
5816 | }
|
---|
5817 |
|
---|
5818 | bool Q3TextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
|
---|
5819 | {
|
---|
5820 | return undoEnabled;
|
---|
5821 | }
|
---|
5822 |
|
---|
5823 | /*!
|
---|
5824 | Returns true if undo is available; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
5825 | */
|
---|
5826 |
|
---|
5827 | bool Q3TextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
|
---|
5828 | {
|
---|
5829 | return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
|
---|
5830 | }
|
---|
5831 |
|
---|
5832 | /*!
|
---|
5833 | Returns true if redo is available; otherwise returns false.
|
---|
5834 | */
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | bool Q3TextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
|
---|
5837 | {
|
---|
5838 | return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
|
---|
5839 | }
|
---|
5840 |
|
---|
5841 | void Q3TextEdit::ensureFormatted(Q3TextParagraph *p)
|
---|
5842 | {
|
---|
5843 | while (!p->isValid()) {
|
---|
5844 | if (!lastFormatted)
|
---|
5845 | return;
|
---|
5846 | formatMore();
|
---|
5847 | }
|
---|
5848 | }
|
---|
5849 |
|
---|
5850 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5851 | void Q3TextEdit::updateCursor(const QPoint & pos)
|
---|
5852 | {
|
---|
5853 | if (isReadOnly() && linksEnabled()) {
|
---|
5854 | Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
5855 | placeCursor(pos, &c, true);
|
---|
5856 |
|
---|
5857 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
5858 | bool insideParagRect = true;
|
---|
5859 | if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
|
---|
5860 | && c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
|
---|
5861 | insideParagRect = false;
|
---|
5862 | if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at(c.index()) &&
|
---|
5863 | c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->isAnchor()) {
|
---|
5864 | if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref().isEmpty()
|
---|
5865 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1)
|
---|
5866 | onLink = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
---|
5867 | else
|
---|
5868 | onLink.clear();
|
---|
5869 |
|
---|
5870 | if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName().isEmpty()
|
---|
5871 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1)
|
---|
5872 | d->onName = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
---|
5873 | else
|
---|
5874 | d->onName.clear();
|
---|
5875 |
|
---|
5876 | if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref().isEmpty()) {
|
---|
5877 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5878 | viewport()->setCursor(onLink.isEmpty() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::PointingHandCursor);
|
---|
5879 | #endif
|
---|
5880 | QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(onLink);
|
---|
5881 | emitHighlighted(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
---|
5882 | }
|
---|
5883 | } else {
|
---|
5884 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5885 | viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
---|
5886 | #endif
|
---|
5887 | onLink.clear();
|
---|
5888 | emitHighlighted(QString());
|
---|
5889 | }
|
---|
5890 | #endif
|
---|
5891 | }
|
---|
5892 | }
|
---|
5893 |
|
---|
5894 | /*!
|
---|
5895 | Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
|
---|
5896 | \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
|
---|
5897 | cursor is used.
|
---|
5898 |
|
---|
5899 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
5900 | */
|
---|
5901 | void Q3TextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &pos, Q3TextCursor *c)
|
---|
5902 | {
|
---|
5903 | placeCursor(pos, c, false);
|
---|
5904 | }
|
---|
5905 |
|
---|
5906 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5907 | void Q3TextEdit::clipboardChanged()
|
---|
5908 | {
|
---|
5909 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5910 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
5911 | disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
5912 | #endif
|
---|
5913 | selectAll(false);
|
---|
5914 | }
|
---|
5915 |
|
---|
5916 | /*! \property Q3TextEdit::tabChangesFocus
|
---|
5917 | \brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
|
---|
5918 |
|
---|
5919 | In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
|
---|
5920 | tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
|
---|
5921 | the focus chain. The default is false.
|
---|
5922 |
|
---|
5923 | */
|
---|
5924 |
|
---|
5925 | void Q3TextEdit::setTabChangesFocus(bool b)
|
---|
5926 | {
|
---|
5927 | d->tabChangesFocus = b;
|
---|
5928 | }
|
---|
5929 |
|
---|
5930 | bool Q3TextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
|
---|
5931 | {
|
---|
5932 | return d->tabChangesFocus;
|
---|
5933 | }
|
---|
5934 |
|
---|
5935 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5936 | /* Implementation of optimized Qt::LogText mode follows */
|
---|
5937 |
|
---|
5938 | static void qSwap(int * a, int * b)
|
---|
5939 | {
|
---|
5940 | if (!a || !b)
|
---|
5941 | return;
|
---|
5942 | int tmp = *a;
|
---|
5943 | *a = *b;
|
---|
5944 | *b = tmp;
|
---|
5945 | }
|
---|
5946 |
|
---|
5947 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5948 | bool Q3TextEdit::checkOptimMode()
|
---|
5949 | {
|
---|
5950 | bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
|
---|
5951 | if (textFormat() == Qt::LogText) {
|
---|
5952 | d->optimMode = true;
|
---|
5953 | setReadOnly(true);
|
---|
5954 | } else {
|
---|
5955 | d->optimMode = false;
|
---|
5956 | }
|
---|
5957 |
|
---|
5958 | // when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
|
---|
5959 | if (oldMode != d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5960 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
5961 | d->od = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate;
|
---|
5962 | connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(optimDoAutoScroll()));
|
---|
5963 | disconnect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)), this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
---|
5964 | disconnect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
---|
5965 | disconnect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
---|
5966 | optimSetText(doc->originalText());
|
---|
5967 | doc->clear(true);
|
---|
5968 | delete cursor;
|
---|
5969 | cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
---|
5970 | } else {
|
---|
5971 | disconnect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(optimDoAutoScroll()));
|
---|
5972 | connect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)), this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
---|
5973 | connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
---|
5974 | connect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
---|
5975 | setText(optimText());
|
---|
5976 | delete d->od;
|
---|
5977 | d->od = 0;
|
---|
5978 | }
|
---|
5979 | }
|
---|
5980 | return d->optimMode;
|
---|
5981 | }
|
---|
5982 |
|
---|
5983 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5984 | QString Q3TextEdit::optimText() const
|
---|
5985 | {
|
---|
5986 | QString str, tmp;
|
---|
5987 |
|
---|
5988 | if (d->od->len == 0)
|
---|
5989 | return str;
|
---|
5990 |
|
---|
5991 | // concatenate all strings
|
---|
5992 | int i;
|
---|
5993 | int offset;
|
---|
5994 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
5995 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
---|
5996 | for (i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++) {
|
---|
5997 | if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].isEmpty()) { // CR lines are empty
|
---|
5998 | str += QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
5999 | } else {
|
---|
6000 | tmp = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
6001 | // inject the tags for this line
|
---|
6002 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(i))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
---|
6003 | ftag = it.value();
|
---|
6004 | offset = 0;
|
---|
6005 | while (ftag && ftag->line == i) {
|
---|
6006 | tmp.insert(ftag->index + offset, QLatin1Char('<') + ftag->tag + QLatin1Char('>'));
|
---|
6007 | offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
|
---|
6008 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
---|
6009 | }
|
---|
6010 | str += tmp;
|
---|
6011 | }
|
---|
6012 | }
|
---|
6013 | return str;
|
---|
6014 | }
|
---|
6015 |
|
---|
6016 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6017 | void Q3TextEdit::optimSetText(const QString &str)
|
---|
6018 | {
|
---|
6019 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
---|
6020 | // this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
|
---|
6021 | // if (str == optimText())
|
---|
6022 | // return;
|
---|
6023 | d->od->numLines = 0;
|
---|
6024 | d->od->lines.clear();
|
---|
6025 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
---|
6026 | d->od->len = 0;
|
---|
6027 | d->od->clearTags();
|
---|
6028 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6029 | if (!(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0)) {
|
---|
6030 | QStringList strl = str.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
6031 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6032 | for (QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
6033 | optimParseTags(&*it);
|
---|
6034 | optimCheckLimit(*it);
|
---|
6035 | lWidth = fm.width(*it);
|
---|
6036 | if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
---|
6037 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6038 | }
|
---|
6039 | }
|
---|
6040 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
6041 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6042 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6043 | }
|
---|
6044 |
|
---|
6045 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6046 |
|
---|
6047 | Append \a tag to the tag list.
|
---|
6048 | */
|
---|
6049 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * Q3TextEdit::optimAppendTag(int index, const QString & tag)
|
---|
6050 | {
|
---|
6051 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
|
---|
6052 |
|
---|
6053 | if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
---|
6054 | d->od->tags = t;
|
---|
6055 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = false;
|
---|
6056 | t->line = d->od->numLines;
|
---|
6057 | t->index = index;
|
---|
6058 | t->tag = tag;
|
---|
6059 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
6060 | t->parent = 0;
|
---|
6061 | t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
|
---|
6062 | if (d->od->lastTag)
|
---|
6063 | d->od->lastTag->next = t;
|
---|
6064 | t->next = 0;
|
---|
6065 | d->od->lastTag = t;
|
---|
6066 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
---|
6067 | if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index)) {
|
---|
6068 | d->od->tagIndex.insert(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
---|
6069 | }
|
---|
6070 | return t;
|
---|
6071 | }
|
---|
6072 |
|
---|
6073 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6074 |
|
---|
6075 | Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
|
---|
6076 | */
|
---|
6077 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *Q3TextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const QString &tag)
|
---|
6078 | {
|
---|
6079 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
|
---|
6080 |
|
---|
6081 | if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
---|
6082 | d->od->tags = t;
|
---|
6083 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = false;
|
---|
6084 | t->line = line;
|
---|
6085 | t->index = index;
|
---|
6086 | t->tag = tag;
|
---|
6087 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
6088 | t->parent = 0;
|
---|
6089 | t->next = 0;
|
---|
6090 | t->prev = 0;
|
---|
6091 |
|
---|
6092 | // find insertion pt. in tag struct.
|
---|
6093 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
6094 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
---|
6095 | tmp = *it;
|
---|
6096 | if (tmp->index >= index) { // the existing tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
|
---|
6097 | tmp = tmp->prev;
|
---|
6098 | } else {
|
---|
6099 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
|
---|
6100 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
---|
6101 | }
|
---|
6102 | } else {
|
---|
6103 | tmp = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6104 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
|
---|
6105 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
---|
6106 | if (tmp == d->od->tags)
|
---|
6107 | tmp = 0;
|
---|
6108 | }
|
---|
6109 |
|
---|
6110 | t->prev = tmp;
|
---|
6111 | t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
|
---|
6112 | if (t->next)
|
---|
6113 | t->next->prev = t;
|
---|
6114 | if (tmp)
|
---|
6115 | tmp->next = t;
|
---|
6116 |
|
---|
6117 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
---|
6118 | if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
|
---|
6119 | d->od->tagIndex.insert(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
---|
6120 | }
|
---|
6121 | return t;
|
---|
6122 | }
|
---|
6123 |
|
---|
6124 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6125 |
|
---|
6126 | Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
|
---|
6127 | structure.
|
---|
6128 |
|
---|
6129 | A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
|
---|
6130 | are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
|
---|
6131 | the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
|
---|
6132 | point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
|
---|
6133 | appearing before the tag keyword. E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
|
---|
6134 | a valid right-tag: </b>. Tags can be nested, but they have to be
|
---|
6135 | closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
|
---|
6136 | <font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
|
---|
6137 | <font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
|
---|
6138 | closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
|
---|
6139 | closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..' is perfectly valid for
|
---|
6140 | setting all text appearing after the tag to blue. A tag can be used
|
---|
6141 | to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
|
---|
6142 | formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline. These attributes
|
---|
6143 | are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags. Example of valid tags:
|
---|
6144 | <font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
|
---|
6145 | Example of valid text:
|
---|
6146 | This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
|
---|
6147 | text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
|
---|
6148 | blue.</font>
|
---|
6149 |
|
---|
6150 | Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
|
---|
6151 |
|
---|
6152 | Limitations:
|
---|
6153 | 1. A tag cannot span several lines.
|
---|
6154 | 2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
|
---|
6155 | only thing that is detected.
|
---|
6156 |
|
---|
6157 | */
|
---|
6158 | void Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags(QString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset)
|
---|
6159 | {
|
---|
6160 | int len = line->length();
|
---|
6161 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6162 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
---|
6163 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
---|
6164 | int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
|
---|
6165 | QString tagStr;
|
---|
6166 | QStack<Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> tagStack;
|
---|
6167 |
|
---|
6168 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
---|
6169 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('<');
|
---|
6170 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('>');
|
---|
6171 |
|
---|
6172 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
---|
6173 | if ((*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('&')) {
|
---|
6174 | escIndex = i;
|
---|
6175 | continue;
|
---|
6176 | } else if (escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char(';')) {
|
---|
6177 | QString esc = line->mid(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1);
|
---|
6178 | QString c;
|
---|
6179 | if (esc == QLatin1String("<"))
|
---|
6180 | c = QLatin1Char('<');
|
---|
6181 | else if (esc == QLatin1String(">"))
|
---|
6182 | c = QLatin1Char('>');
|
---|
6183 | else if (esc == QLatin1String("&"))
|
---|
6184 | c = QLatin1Char('&');
|
---|
6185 | line->replace(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c);
|
---|
6186 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6187 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
---|
6188 | escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6189 | continue;
|
---|
6190 | }
|
---|
6191 |
|
---|
6192 | if (state == 0 && tagOpen) {
|
---|
6193 | state = 1;
|
---|
6194 | startIndex = i;
|
---|
6195 | continue;
|
---|
6196 | }
|
---|
6197 | if (state == 1 && tagClose) {
|
---|
6198 | state = 0;
|
---|
6199 | endIndex = i;
|
---|
6200 | if (!tagStr.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
6201 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
|
---|
6202 | bool format = true;
|
---|
6203 |
|
---|
6204 | if (tagStr == QLatin1String("b"))
|
---|
6205 | bold++;
|
---|
6206 | else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/b"))
|
---|
6207 | bold--;
|
---|
6208 | else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("i"))
|
---|
6209 | italic++;
|
---|
6210 | else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/i"))
|
---|
6211 | italic--;
|
---|
6212 | else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("u"))
|
---|
6213 | underline++;
|
---|
6214 | else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/u"))
|
---|
6215 | underline--;
|
---|
6216 | else
|
---|
6217 | format = false;
|
---|
6218 | if (lineNo > -1)
|
---|
6219 | tag = optimInsertTag(lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr);
|
---|
6220 | else
|
---|
6221 | tag = optimAppendTag(startIndex, tagStr);
|
---|
6222 | // everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
|
---|
6223 | // to be a color tag.
|
---|
6224 | tag->type = format ? Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format
|
---|
6225 | : Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
|
---|
6226 | if (tagStr[0] == QLatin1Char('/')) {
|
---|
6227 | // this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
|
---|
6228 | // and possible parent tag
|
---|
6229 | cur = tag->prev;
|
---|
6230 | if (!cur) {
|
---|
6231 | qWarning("Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.",
|
---|
6232 | tag->tag.latin1(), tag->line + 1);
|
---|
6233 | return; // something is wrong - give up
|
---|
6234 | }
|
---|
6235 | while (cur) {
|
---|
6236 | if (cur->leftTag) { // push right-tags encountered
|
---|
6237 | tagStack.push(cur);
|
---|
6238 | } else {
|
---|
6239 | tmp = tagStack.isEmpty() ? 0 : tagStack.pop();
|
---|
6240 | if (!tmp) {
|
---|
6241 | if (((QLatin1Char('/') + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
|
---|
6242 | (tag->tag == QLatin1String("/font") && cur->tag.left(4) == QLatin1String("font"))) {
|
---|
6243 | // set up the left and parent of this tag
|
---|
6244 | tag->leftTag = cur;
|
---|
6245 | tmp = cur->prev;
|
---|
6246 | if (tmp && tmp->parent) {
|
---|
6247 | tag->parent = tmp->parent;
|
---|
6248 | } else if (tmp && !tmp->leftTag) {
|
---|
6249 | tag->parent = tmp;
|
---|
6250 | }
|
---|
6251 | break;
|
---|
6252 | } else if (!cur->leftTag) {
|
---|
6253 | qWarning("Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.",
|
---|
6254 | qPrintable(QString(cur->tag[0] == QLatin1Char('/') ? QLatin1String("left") : QLatin1String("right"))),
|
---|
6255 | cur->tag.latin1(), cur->line + 1);
|
---|
6256 | return; // something is amiss - give up
|
---|
6257 | }
|
---|
6258 | }
|
---|
6259 | }
|
---|
6260 | cur = cur->prev;
|
---|
6261 | }
|
---|
6262 | } else {
|
---|
6263 | tag->bold = bold > 0;
|
---|
6264 | tag->italic = italic > 0;
|
---|
6265 | tag->underline = underline > 0;
|
---|
6266 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
---|
6267 | while (tmp && tmp->leftTag) {
|
---|
6268 | tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
|
---|
6269 | }
|
---|
6270 | if (tmp) {
|
---|
6271 | tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
|
---|
6272 | tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
|
---|
6273 | tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
|
---|
6274 | }
|
---|
6275 | }
|
---|
6276 | }
|
---|
6277 | if (startIndex != -1) {
|
---|
6278 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
---|
6279 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
---|
6280 | line->remove(startIndex, l+1);
|
---|
6281 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6282 | i -= l+1;
|
---|
6283 | }
|
---|
6284 | tagStr = QLatin1String("");
|
---|
6285 | continue;
|
---|
6286 | }
|
---|
6287 |
|
---|
6288 | if (state == 1) {
|
---|
6289 | tagStr += (*line)[i];
|
---|
6290 | }
|
---|
6291 | }
|
---|
6292 | }
|
---|
6293 |
|
---|
6294 | // calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
|
---|
6295 | static int qStrWidth(const QString& str, int tabWidth, const QFontMetrics& fm)
|
---|
6296 | {
|
---|
6297 | int tabs = str.count(QLatin1Char('\t'));
|
---|
6298 |
|
---|
6299 | if (!tabs)
|
---|
6300 | return fm.width(str);
|
---|
6301 |
|
---|
6302 | int newIdx = 0;
|
---|
6303 | int lastIdx = 0;
|
---|
6304 | int strWidth = 0;
|
---|
6305 | int tn;
|
---|
6306 | for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
|
---|
6307 | newIdx = str.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\t'), newIdx);
|
---|
6308 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
|
---|
6309 | if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
|
---|
6310 | int u = tn;
|
---|
6311 | while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
|
---|
6312 | ++u;
|
---|
6313 | strWidth = u * tabWidth;
|
---|
6314 | } else {
|
---|
6315 | strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
|
---|
6316 | }
|
---|
6317 | lastIdx = ++newIdx;
|
---|
6318 | }
|
---|
6319 | if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
|
---|
6320 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
|
---|
6321 | return strWidth;
|
---|
6322 | }
|
---|
6323 |
|
---|
6324 | bool Q3TextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
|
---|
6325 | {
|
---|
6326 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
|
---|
6327 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
6328 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
---|
6329 | t = *it;
|
---|
6330 | while (t && t->line == line) {
|
---|
6331 | if (t->bold)
|
---|
6332 | return true;
|
---|
6333 | t = t->next;
|
---|
6334 | }
|
---|
6335 | } else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
|
---|
6336 | return true;
|
---|
6337 | }
|
---|
6338 | return false;
|
---|
6339 | }
|
---|
6340 |
|
---|
6341 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6342 |
|
---|
6343 | Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
|
---|
6344 | formatting tags.
|
---|
6345 | */
|
---|
6346 | void Q3TextEdit::optimAppend(const QString &str)
|
---|
6347 | {
|
---|
6348 | if (str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
---|
6349 | return;
|
---|
6350 |
|
---|
6351 | QStringList strl = str.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
6352 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
---|
6353 |
|
---|
6354 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6355 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6356 | for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
6357 | optimParseTags(&*it);
|
---|
6358 | optimCheckLimit(*it);
|
---|
6359 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
|
---|
6360 | QFont fnt = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
---|
6361 | fnt.setBold(true);
|
---|
6362 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
---|
6363 | }
|
---|
6364 | lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
|
---|
6365 | if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
---|
6366 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6367 | }
|
---|
6368 | bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
---|
6369 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
6370 | if (scrollToEnd) {
|
---|
6371 | updateScrollBars();
|
---|
6372 | ensureVisible(contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0);
|
---|
6373 | }
|
---|
6374 | // when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
|
---|
6375 | // the size of the viewport may not have changed
|
---|
6376 | if (d->maxLogLines > -1)
|
---|
6377 | viewport()->update();
|
---|
6378 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6379 | }
|
---|
6380 |
|
---|
6381 | static void qStripTags(QString *line)
|
---|
6382 | {
|
---|
6383 | int len = line->length();
|
---|
6384 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6385 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
---|
6386 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
---|
6387 |
|
---|
6388 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
---|
6389 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('<');
|
---|
6390 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('>');
|
---|
6391 |
|
---|
6392 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
---|
6393 | if ((*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('&')) {
|
---|
6394 | escIndex = i;
|
---|
6395 | continue;
|
---|
6396 | } else if (escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char(';')) {
|
---|
6397 | QString esc = line->mid(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1);
|
---|
6398 | QString c;
|
---|
6399 | if (esc == QLatin1String("<"))
|
---|
6400 | c = QLatin1Char('<');
|
---|
6401 | else if (esc == QLatin1String(">"))
|
---|
6402 | c = QLatin1Char('>');
|
---|
6403 | else if (esc == QLatin1String("&"))
|
---|
6404 | c = QLatin1Char('&');
|
---|
6405 | line->replace(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c);
|
---|
6406 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6407 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
---|
6408 | escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6409 | continue;
|
---|
6410 | }
|
---|
6411 |
|
---|
6412 | if (state == 0 && tagOpen) {
|
---|
6413 | state = 1;
|
---|
6414 | startIndex = i;
|
---|
6415 | continue;
|
---|
6416 | }
|
---|
6417 | if (state == 1 && tagClose) {
|
---|
6418 | state = 0;
|
---|
6419 | endIndex = i;
|
---|
6420 | if (startIndex != -1) {
|
---|
6421 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
---|
6422 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
---|
6423 | line->remove(startIndex, l+1);
|
---|
6424 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6425 | i -= l+1;
|
---|
6426 | }
|
---|
6427 | continue;
|
---|
6428 | }
|
---|
6429 | }
|
---|
6430 | }
|
---|
6431 |
|
---|
6432 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6433 |
|
---|
6434 | Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
|
---|
6435 | */
|
---|
6436 |
|
---|
6437 | void Q3TextEdit::optimInsert(const QString& text, int line, int index)
|
---|
6438 | {
|
---|
6439 | if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
---|
6440 | return;
|
---|
6441 | if (line < 0)
|
---|
6442 | line = 0;
|
---|
6443 | if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
|
---|
6444 | line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6445 | if (index < 0)
|
---|
6446 | index = 0;
|
---|
6447 | if (index > d->od->lines[line].length())
|
---|
6448 | index = d->od->lines[line].length();
|
---|
6449 |
|
---|
6450 | QStringList strl = text.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
6451 | int numNewLines = strl.count() - 1;
|
---|
6452 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
|
---|
6453 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
|
---|
6454 | int x;
|
---|
6455 |
|
---|
6456 | if (numNewLines == 0) {
|
---|
6457 | // Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
|
---|
6458 | QString stripped = text;
|
---|
6459 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
---|
6460 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
|
---|
6461 | // move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
|
---|
6462 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
---|
6463 | tag = *ii;
|
---|
6464 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
---|
6465 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6466 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
|
---|
6467 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
---|
6468 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6469 | }
|
---|
6470 | }
|
---|
6471 | stripped = text;
|
---|
6472 | optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
|
---|
6473 | } else if (numNewLines > 0) {
|
---|
6474 | // Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
|
---|
6475 | // insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
|
---|
6476 | QString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
|
---|
6477 | QString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
|
---|
6478 |
|
---|
6479 | // rearrange lines for insertion
|
---|
6480 | for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
|
---|
6481 | d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
|
---|
6482 | d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
|
---|
6483 |
|
---|
6484 | // fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
|
---|
6485 | // might take a while..
|
---|
6486 | for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
|
---|
6487 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
---|
6488 | tag = ii.value();
|
---|
6489 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
---|
6490 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
---|
6491 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6492 | }
|
---|
6493 | }
|
---|
6494 |
|
---|
6495 | // relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
|
---|
6496 | // positions
|
---|
6497 | while (tag) {
|
---|
6498 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
---|
6499 | tag->index -= index;
|
---|
6500 | tag->line += numNewLines;
|
---|
6501 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6502 | }
|
---|
6503 |
|
---|
6504 | // generate a new tag index
|
---|
6505 | d->od->tagIndex.clear();
|
---|
6506 | tag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6507 | while (tag) {
|
---|
6508 | if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()))
|
---|
6509 | d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
|
---|
6510 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6511 | }
|
---|
6512 |
|
---|
6513 | // update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
|
---|
6514 | QString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
|
---|
6515 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
---|
6516 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
---|
6517 | tag = *ii;
|
---|
6518 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
|
---|
6519 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
---|
6520 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6521 | }
|
---|
6522 | }
|
---|
6523 |
|
---|
6524 | // inject the new lines
|
---|
6525 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
---|
6526 | x = line;
|
---|
6527 | int idx;
|
---|
6528 | for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
6529 | stripped = *it;
|
---|
6530 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
---|
6531 | if (x == line) {
|
---|
6532 | stripped = left + stripped;
|
---|
6533 | idx = index;
|
---|
6534 | } else {
|
---|
6535 | idx = 0;
|
---|
6536 | }
|
---|
6537 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
|
---|
6538 | optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
|
---|
6539 | }
|
---|
6540 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
|
---|
6541 | }
|
---|
6542 | // recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
|
---|
6543 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6544 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6545 | for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
|
---|
6546 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
|
---|
6547 | QFont fnt = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
---|
6548 | fnt.setBold(true);
|
---|
6549 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
---|
6550 | }
|
---|
6551 | lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
|
---|
6552 | if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
---|
6553 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6554 | }
|
---|
6555 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
6556 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6557 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6558 | }
|
---|
6559 |
|
---|
6560 |
|
---|
6561 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6562 |
|
---|
6563 | Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
|
---|
6564 | */
|
---|
6565 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * Q3TextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag(int line)
|
---|
6566 | {
|
---|
6567 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
---|
6568 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
6569 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
---|
6570 | ftag = it.value();
|
---|
6571 | if (!ftag) {
|
---|
6572 | // start searching for an open tag
|
---|
6573 | ftag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6574 | while (ftag) {
|
---|
6575 | if (ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0) {
|
---|
6576 | if (ftag->line > line)
|
---|
6577 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
---|
6578 | break;
|
---|
6579 | }
|
---|
6580 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
---|
6581 | }
|
---|
6582 | } else {
|
---|
6583 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
---|
6584 | }
|
---|
6585 |
|
---|
6586 | if (ftag) {
|
---|
6587 | if (ftag && ftag->parent) // use the open parent tag
|
---|
6588 | ftag = ftag->parent;
|
---|
6589 | else if (ftag && ftag->leftTag) // this is a right-tag with no parent
|
---|
6590 | ftag = 0;
|
---|
6591 | }
|
---|
6592 | return ftag;
|
---|
6593 | }
|
---|
6594 |
|
---|
6595 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6596 |
|
---|
6597 | Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
|
---|
6598 | at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
|
---|
6599 | first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
|
---|
6600 | color the string.
|
---|
6601 | */
|
---|
6602 | void Q3TextEdit::optimSetTextFormat(Q3TextDocument * td, Q3TextCursor * cur,
|
---|
6603 | Q3TextFormat * f, int start, int end,
|
---|
6604 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag)
|
---|
6605 | {
|
---|
6606 | int formatFlags = Q3TextFormat::Bold | Q3TextFormat::Italic |
|
---|
6607 | Q3TextFormat::Underline;
|
---|
6608 | cur->setIndex(start);
|
---|
6609 | td->setSelectionStart(0, *cur);
|
---|
6610 | cur->setIndex(end);
|
---|
6611 | td->setSelectionEnd(0, *cur);
|
---|
6612 | Q3StyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item(tag->tag);
|
---|
6613 | if (!ssItem || tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format) {
|
---|
6614 | f->setBold(tag->bold);
|
---|
6615 | f->setItalic(tag->italic);
|
---|
6616 | f->setUnderline(tag->underline);
|
---|
6617 | if (tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format) {
|
---|
6618 | // check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
|
---|
6619 | // this format tag
|
---|
6620 | tag = tag->prev;
|
---|
6621 | while (tag && (tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
|
---|
6622 | tag->leftTag)) {
|
---|
6623 | tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
|
---|
6624 | }
|
---|
6625 | }
|
---|
6626 | if (tag) {
|
---|
6627 | QString col = tag->tag.simplified();
|
---|
6628 | if (col.left(10) == QLatin1String("font color")) {
|
---|
6629 | int i = col.indexOf(QLatin1Char('='), 10);
|
---|
6630 | col = col.mid(i + 1).simplified();
|
---|
6631 | if (col[0] == QLatin1Char('\"'))
|
---|
6632 | col = col.mid(1, col.length() - 2);
|
---|
6633 | }
|
---|
6634 | QColor color = QColor(col);
|
---|
6635 | if (color.isValid()) {
|
---|
6636 | formatFlags |= Q3TextFormat::Color;
|
---|
6637 | f->setColor(color);
|
---|
6638 | }
|
---|
6639 | }
|
---|
6640 | } else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
|
---|
6641 | if (ssItem->color().isValid()) {
|
---|
6642 | formatFlags |= Q3TextFormat::Color;
|
---|
6643 | f->setColor(ssItem->color());
|
---|
6644 | }
|
---|
6645 | f->setBold(ssItem->fontWeight() == QFont::Bold);
|
---|
6646 | f->setItalic(ssItem->fontItalic());
|
---|
6647 | f->setUnderline(ssItem->fontUnderline());
|
---|
6648 | }
|
---|
6649 | td->setFormat(0, f, formatFlags);
|
---|
6650 | td->removeSelection(0);
|
---|
6651 | }
|
---|
6652 |
|
---|
6653 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6654 | void Q3TextEdit::optimDrawContents(QPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
|
---|
6655 | int clipw, int cliph)
|
---|
6656 | {
|
---|
6657 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6658 | int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6659 |
|
---|
6660 | // we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
|
---|
6661 | // painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
|
---|
6662 | // of a single line
|
---|
6663 | int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
|
---|
6664 | int endLine = startLine + nLines;
|
---|
6665 |
|
---|
6666 | if (startLine >= d->od->numLines)
|
---|
6667 | return;
|
---|
6668 | if ((startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines)
|
---|
6669 | nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
|
---|
6670 |
|
---|
6671 | int i = 0;
|
---|
6672 | QString str;
|
---|
6673 | for (i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++)
|
---|
6674 | str.append(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
---|
6675 |
|
---|
6676 | Q3TextDocument * td = new Q3TextDocument(0);
|
---|
6677 | td->setDefaultFormat(Q3ScrollView::font(), QColor());
|
---|
6678 | td->setPlainText(str);
|
---|
6679 | td->setFormatter(new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords); // deleted by QTextDoc
|
---|
6680 | td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(false);
|
---|
6681 | td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
|
---|
6682 |
|
---|
6683 | // get the current text color from the current format
|
---|
6684 | td->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
6685 | Q3TextFormat f;
|
---|
6686 | f.setColor(palette().text().color());
|
---|
6687 | f.setFont(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6688 | td->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Standard, &f,
|
---|
6689 | Q3TextFormat::Color | Q3TextFormat::Font);
|
---|
6690 | td->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
6691 |
|
---|
6692 | // add tag formatting
|
---|
6693 | if (d->od->tags) {
|
---|
6694 | int i = startLine;
|
---|
6695 | QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
6696 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
|
---|
6697 | Q3TextCursor cur(td);
|
---|
6698 | // Step 1 - find previous left-tag
|
---|
6699 | tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag(i);
|
---|
6700 | for (; i < startLine + nLines; i++) {
|
---|
6701 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(i))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
---|
6702 | tag = it.value();
|
---|
6703 | // Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
|
---|
6704 | int lastIndex = 0;
|
---|
6705 | while (tag && tag->line == i) {
|
---|
6706 | tmp = 0;
|
---|
6707 | if (tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag) {
|
---|
6708 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
---|
6709 | } else if (tag->prev && tag->prev->parent) {
|
---|
6710 | tmp = tag->prev->parent;
|
---|
6711 | }
|
---|
6712 | if ((tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp) {
|
---|
6713 | optimSetTextFormat(td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp);
|
---|
6714 | }
|
---|
6715 | lastIndex = tag->index;
|
---|
6716 | tmp = tag;
|
---|
6717 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6718 | }
|
---|
6719 | // Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
|
---|
6720 | if (tmp && tmp->parent)
|
---|
6721 | tmp = tmp->parent;
|
---|
6722 | if ((cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag) {
|
---|
6723 | optimSetTextFormat(td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
|
---|
6724 | cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp);
|
---|
6725 | }
|
---|
6726 | cur.setParagraph(cur.paragraph()->next());
|
---|
6727 | }
|
---|
6728 | // useful debug info
|
---|
6729 | //
|
---|
6730 | // tag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6731 | // qWarning("###");
|
---|
6732 | // while (tag) {
|
---|
6733 | // qWarning("Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
|
---|
6734 | // tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
|
---|
6735 | // tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline);
|
---|
6736 | // tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6737 | // }
|
---|
6738 | }
|
---|
6739 |
|
---|
6740 | // if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
|
---|
6741 | // part we need to redraw is set correctly
|
---|
6742 | if (optimHasSelection()) {
|
---|
6743 | Q3TextCursor c1(td);
|
---|
6744 | Q3TextCursor c2(td);
|
---|
6745 | int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
6746 | int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
6747 | int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
---|
6748 | int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
---|
6749 | if (selEnd < selStart) {
|
---|
6750 | qSwap(&selStart, &selEnd);
|
---|
6751 | qSwap(&idxStart, &idxEnd);
|
---|
6752 | }
|
---|
6753 | if (selEnd > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
---|
6754 | selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6755 | }
|
---|
6756 | if (startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd) {
|
---|
6757 | // case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
|
---|
6758 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
---|
6759 | int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
|
---|
6760 | Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragS);
|
---|
6761 | if (parag) {
|
---|
6762 | c1.setParagraph(parag);
|
---|
6763 | if (td->text(paragS).length() >= idxStart)
|
---|
6764 | c1.setIndex(idxStart);
|
---|
6765 | }
|
---|
6766 | parag = td->paragAt(paragE);
|
---|
6767 | if (parag) {
|
---|
6768 | c2.setParagraph(parag);
|
---|
6769 | if (td->text(paragE).length() >= idxEnd)
|
---|
6770 | c2.setIndex(idxEnd);
|
---|
6771 | }
|
---|
6772 | } else if (startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd) {
|
---|
6773 | // case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
|
---|
6774 | td->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
---|
6775 | } else if (startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
|
---|
6776 | startLine <= selEnd) {
|
---|
6777 | // case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
|
---|
6778 | c1.setParagraph(td->firstParagraph());
|
---|
6779 | c1.setIndex(0);
|
---|
6780 | int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
|
---|
6781 | Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragE);
|
---|
6782 | if (parag) {
|
---|
6783 | c2.setParagraph(parag);
|
---|
6784 | if (td->text(paragE).length() >= idxEnd)
|
---|
6785 | c2.setIndex(idxEnd);
|
---|
6786 | }
|
---|
6787 | } else if (startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
|
---|
6788 | endLine > selStart) {
|
---|
6789 | // case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
|
---|
6790 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
---|
6791 | Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragS);
|
---|
6792 | if (parag) {
|
---|
6793 | c1.setParagraph(parag);
|
---|
6794 | c1.setIndex(idxStart);
|
---|
6795 | }
|
---|
6796 | c2.setParagraph(td->lastParagraph());
|
---|
6797 | c2.setIndex(td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1);
|
---|
6798 |
|
---|
6799 | }
|
---|
6800 | // previously selected?
|
---|
6801 | if (!td->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
---|
6802 | td->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
---|
6803 | td->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
---|
6804 | }
|
---|
6805 | }
|
---|
6806 | td->doLayout(p, contentsWidth());
|
---|
6807 |
|
---|
6808 | // have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
|
---|
6809 | // drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
|
---|
6810 | // painted
|
---|
6811 | int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
|
---|
6812 | QRect r(clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset);
|
---|
6813 | p->translate(0, clipy - offset);
|
---|
6814 | td->draw(p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), palette());
|
---|
6815 | p->translate(0, -(clipy - offset));
|
---|
6816 | delete td;
|
---|
6817 | }
|
---|
6818 |
|
---|
6819 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6820 | void Q3TextEdit::optimMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
---|
6821 | {
|
---|
6822 | if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
|
---|
6823 | return;
|
---|
6824 |
|
---|
6825 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6826 | mousePressed = true;
|
---|
6827 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6828 | d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6829 | if (d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
---|
6830 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6831 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1)].length();
|
---|
6832 | } else {
|
---|
6833 | QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line)];
|
---|
6834 | d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
---|
6835 | }
|
---|
6836 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
6837 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
6838 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6839 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6840 | }
|
---|
6841 |
|
---|
6842 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6843 | void Q3TextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
---|
6844 | {
|
---|
6845 | if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
|
---|
6846 | return;
|
---|
6847 |
|
---|
6848 | if (scrollTimer->isActive())
|
---|
6849 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
6850 | if (!inDoubleClick) {
|
---|
6851 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6852 | d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6853 | if (d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
---|
6854 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6855 | }
|
---|
6856 | QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)];
|
---|
6857 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6858 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
---|
6859 | if (d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line) {
|
---|
6860 | qSwap(&d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line);
|
---|
6861 | qSwap(&d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index);
|
---|
6862 | } else if (d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
|
---|
6863 | d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index) {
|
---|
6864 | qSwap(&d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index);
|
---|
6865 | }
|
---|
6866 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6867 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6868 | }
|
---|
6869 | if (mousePressed) {
|
---|
6870 | mousePressed = false;
|
---|
6871 | copyToClipboard();
|
---|
6872 | }
|
---|
6873 |
|
---|
6874 | inDoubleClick = false;
|
---|
6875 | emit copyAvailable(optimHasSelection());
|
---|
6876 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
6877 | }
|
---|
6878 |
|
---|
6879 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6880 | void Q3TextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
---|
6881 | {
|
---|
6882 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6883 | optimDoAutoScroll();
|
---|
6884 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
---|
6885 | }
|
---|
6886 |
|
---|
6887 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6888 | void Q3TextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
|
---|
6889 | {
|
---|
6890 | if (!mousePressed)
|
---|
6891 | return;
|
---|
6892 |
|
---|
6893 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6894 | QPoint pos(mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
|
---|
6895 | bool doScroll = false;
|
---|
6896 | int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
|
---|
6897 | int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
|
---|
6898 |
|
---|
6899 | // find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
|
---|
6900 | if (pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
|
---|
6901 | pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height()) {
|
---|
6902 | int my = yy;
|
---|
6903 | if (pos.x() < 0)
|
---|
6904 | xx = contentsX() - fm.width(QLatin1Char('w'));
|
---|
6905 | else if (pos.x() > viewport()->width())
|
---|
6906 | xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width(QLatin1Char('w'));
|
---|
6907 |
|
---|
6908 | if (pos.y() < 0) {
|
---|
6909 | my = contentsY() - 1;
|
---|
6910 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
|
---|
6911 | } else if (pos.y() > viewport()->height()) {
|
---|
6912 | my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
|
---|
6913 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
|
---|
6914 | }
|
---|
6915 | d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6916 | mousePos.setX(xx);
|
---|
6917 | mousePos.setY(my);
|
---|
6918 | doScroll = true;
|
---|
6919 | } else {
|
---|
6920 | d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6921 | }
|
---|
6922 |
|
---|
6923 | if (d->od->selEnd.line < 0) {
|
---|
6924 | d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
|
---|
6925 | } else if (d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
---|
6926 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6927 | }
|
---|
6928 |
|
---|
6929 | QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)];
|
---|
6930 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
---|
6931 |
|
---|
6932 | // have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
|
---|
6933 | if (doScroll)
|
---|
6934 | ensureVisible(xx, yy, 1, 1);
|
---|
6935 |
|
---|
6936 | // if the text document is smaller than the height of the viewport
|
---|
6937 | // - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
|
---|
6938 | // needs drawing.
|
---|
6939 | if (d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height()) {
|
---|
6940 | repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height());
|
---|
6941 | } else {
|
---|
6942 | int h = QABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
|
---|
6943 | int y;
|
---|
6944 | if (oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y()) {
|
---|
6945 | y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6946 | } else {
|
---|
6947 | // expand paint area for a fully selected line
|
---|
6948 | h += fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6949 | y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
|
---|
6950 | }
|
---|
6951 | if (y < 0)
|
---|
6952 | y = 0;
|
---|
6953 | repaintContents(contentsX(), y, width(), h);
|
---|
6954 | }
|
---|
6955 |
|
---|
6956 | if ((!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0) || pos.y() > height())
|
---|
6957 | scrollTimer->start(100, false);
|
---|
6958 | else if (scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height())
|
---|
6959 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
6960 | }
|
---|
6961 |
|
---|
6962 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6963 |
|
---|
6964 | Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
|
---|
6965 | currently under the mouse pointer.
|
---|
6966 | */
|
---|
6967 | int Q3TextEdit::optimCharIndex(const QString &str, int mx) const
|
---|
6968 | {
|
---|
6969 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
6970 | int i = 0;
|
---|
6971 | int dd, dist = 10000000;
|
---|
6972 | int curpos = 0;
|
---|
6973 | int strWidth;
|
---|
6974 | mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
|
---|
6975 |
|
---|
6976 | if (!str.contains(QLatin1Char('\t')) && mx > fm.width(str))
|
---|
6977 | return str.length();
|
---|
6978 |
|
---|
6979 | while (i < str.length()) {
|
---|
6980 | strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
|
---|
6981 | dd = strWidth - mx;
|
---|
6982 | if (QABS(dd) <= dist) {
|
---|
6983 | dist = QABS(dd);
|
---|
6984 | if (mx >= strWidth)
|
---|
6985 | curpos = i;
|
---|
6986 | }
|
---|
6987 | ++i;
|
---|
6988 | }
|
---|
6989 | return curpos;
|
---|
6990 | }
|
---|
6991 |
|
---|
6992 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6993 | void Q3TextEdit::optimSelectAll()
|
---|
6994 | {
|
---|
6995 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
|
---|
6996 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
|
---|
6997 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].length();
|
---|
6998 |
|
---|
6999 | repaintContents();
|
---|
7000 | emit copyAvailable(optimHasSelection());
|
---|
7001 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
7002 | }
|
---|
7003 |
|
---|
7004 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7005 | void Q3TextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
|
---|
7006 | {
|
---|
7007 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
|
---|
7008 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
|
---|
7009 | repaintContents();
|
---|
7010 | }
|
---|
7011 |
|
---|
7012 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7013 | void Q3TextEdit::optimSetSelection(int startLine, int startIdx,
|
---|
7014 | int endLine, int endIdx)
|
---|
7015 | {
|
---|
7016 | d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
|
---|
7017 | d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
|
---|
7018 | d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
|
---|
7019 | d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
|
---|
7020 | }
|
---|
7021 |
|
---|
7022 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7023 | bool Q3TextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
|
---|
7024 | {
|
---|
7025 | if (d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
|
---|
7026 | d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index)
|
---|
7027 | return true;
|
---|
7028 | return false;
|
---|
7029 | }
|
---|
7030 |
|
---|
7031 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7032 | QString Q3TextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
|
---|
7033 | {
|
---|
7034 | QString str;
|
---|
7035 |
|
---|
7036 | if (!optimHasSelection())
|
---|
7037 | return str;
|
---|
7038 |
|
---|
7039 | // concatenate all strings
|
---|
7040 | if (d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line) {
|
---|
7041 | str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].mid(d->od->selStart.index,
|
---|
7042 | d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index);
|
---|
7043 | } else {
|
---|
7044 | int i = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
7045 | str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].right(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].length() -
|
---|
7046 | d->od->selStart.index) + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
7047 | i++;
|
---|
7048 | for (; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++) {
|
---|
7049 | if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].isEmpty()) // CR lines are empty
|
---|
7050 | str += QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
7051 | else
|
---|
7052 | str += d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
---|
7053 | }
|
---|
7054 | str += d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].left(d->od->selEnd.index);
|
---|
7055 | }
|
---|
7056 | return str;
|
---|
7057 | }
|
---|
7058 |
|
---|
7059 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7060 | bool Q3TextEdit::optimFind(const QString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
|
---|
7061 | bool fw, int * para, int * index)
|
---|
7062 | {
|
---|
7063 | bool found = false;
|
---|
7064 | int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
|
---|
7065 | idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
|
---|
7066 |
|
---|
7067 | if (d->od->len == 0)
|
---|
7068 | return false;
|
---|
7069 |
|
---|
7070 | for (i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i--) {
|
---|
7071 | idx = fw
|
---|
7072 | ? d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].indexOf(expr, idx,
|
---|
7073 | cs ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive)
|
---|
7074 | : d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].lastIndexOf(expr, idx,
|
---|
7075 | cs ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive);
|
---|
7076 | if (idx != -1) {
|
---|
7077 | found = true;
|
---|
7078 | break;
|
---|
7079 | } else if (fw)
|
---|
7080 | idx = 0;
|
---|
7081 | }
|
---|
7082 |
|
---|
7083 | if (found) {
|
---|
7084 | if (index)
|
---|
7085 | *index = idx;
|
---|
7086 | if (para)
|
---|
7087 | *para = i;
|
---|
7088 | d->od->search.index = idx;
|
---|
7089 | d->od->search.line = i;
|
---|
7090 | optimSetSelection(i, idx, i, idx + expr.length());
|
---|
7091 | QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
---|
7092 | int h = fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
7093 | int x = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].left(idx + expr.length())) + 4;
|
---|
7094 | ensureVisible(x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2);
|
---|
7095 | repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
|
---|
7096 | }
|
---|
7097 | return found;
|
---|
7098 | }
|
---|
7099 |
|
---|
7100 | /*! \reimp */
|
---|
7101 | void Q3TextEdit::polishEvent(QEvent*)
|
---|
7102 | {
|
---|
7103 | // this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
|
---|
7104 | // been added to the widget before it is shown
|
---|
7105 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
7106 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
7107 | }
|
---|
7108 |
|
---|
7109 | /*!
|
---|
7110 | Sets the maximum number of lines a Q3TextEdit can hold in \c
|
---|
7111 | Qt::LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
|
---|
7112 | signifies an unlimited number of lines.
|
---|
7113 |
|
---|
7114 | \warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
|
---|
7115 | when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
|
---|
7116 | top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
|
---|
7117 | the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
|
---|
7118 | */
|
---|
7119 | void Q3TextEdit::setMaxLogLines(int limit)
|
---|
7120 | {
|
---|
7121 | d->maxLogLines = limit;
|
---|
7122 | if (d->maxLogLines < -1)
|
---|
7123 | d->maxLogLines = -1;
|
---|
7124 | if (d->maxLogLines == -1)
|
---|
7125 | d->logOffset = 0;
|
---|
7126 | }
|
---|
7127 |
|
---|
7128 | /*!
|
---|
7129 | Returns the maximum number of lines Q3TextEdit can hold in \c
|
---|
7130 | Qt::LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
|
---|
7131 | is signified by a value of -1.
|
---|
7132 | */
|
---|
7133 | int Q3TextEdit::maxLogLines() const
|
---|
7134 | {
|
---|
7135 | return d->maxLogLines;
|
---|
7136 | }
|
---|
7137 |
|
---|
7138 | /*!
|
---|
7139 | Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
|
---|
7140 | that limit when appending new lines.
|
---|
7141 | */
|
---|
7142 | void Q3TextEdit::optimCheckLimit(const QString& str)
|
---|
7143 | {
|
---|
7144 | if (d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines <= d->od->numLines) {
|
---|
7145 | // NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
|
---|
7146 | // destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
|
---|
7147 | // spanning tags are used.
|
---|
7148 | Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
|
---|
7149 | QList<Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> lst;
|
---|
7150 | while (t) {
|
---|
7151 | t->line -= 1;
|
---|
7152 | // unhook the ptr from the tag structure
|
---|
7153 | if (((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
|
---|
7154 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
|
---|
7155 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset))
|
---|
7156 | {
|
---|
7157 | if (t->prev)
|
---|
7158 | t->prev->next = t->next;
|
---|
7159 | if (t->next)
|
---|
7160 | t->next->prev = t->prev;
|
---|
7161 | if (d->od->tags == t)
|
---|
7162 | d->od->tags = t->next;
|
---|
7163 | if (d->od->lastTag == t) {
|
---|
7164 | if (t->prev)
|
---|
7165 | d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
|
---|
7166 | else
|
---|
7167 | d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
7168 | }
|
---|
7169 | tmp = t;
|
---|
7170 | t = t->next;
|
---|
7171 | lst.append(tmp);
|
---|
7172 | delete tmp;
|
---|
7173 | } else {
|
---|
7174 | t = t->next;
|
---|
7175 | }
|
---|
7176 | }
|
---|
7177 | // Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
|
---|
7178 | itr = d->od->tags;
|
---|
7179 | while (itr) {
|
---|
7180 | for (int i = 0; i < lst.size(); ++i) {
|
---|
7181 | tmp = lst.at(i);
|
---|
7182 | if (itr->parent == tmp)
|
---|
7183 | itr->parent = 0;
|
---|
7184 | if (itr->leftTag == tmp)
|
---|
7185 | itr->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
7186 | }
|
---|
7187 | itr = itr->next;
|
---|
7188 | }
|
---|
7189 | // ...in the tag index as well
|
---|
7190 | QMap<int, Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::Iterator idx;
|
---|
7191 | if ((idx = d->od->tagIndex.find(d->logOffset)) != d->od->tagIndex.end())
|
---|
7192 | d->od->tagIndex.erase(idx);
|
---|
7193 |
|
---|
7194 | QMap<int,QString>::Iterator it;
|
---|
7195 | if ((it = d->od->lines.find(d->logOffset)) != d->od->lines.end()) {
|
---|
7196 | d->od->len -= (*it).length();
|
---|
7197 | d->od->lines.erase(it);
|
---|
7198 | d->od->numLines--;
|
---|
7199 | d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
|
---|
7200 | }
|
---|
7201 | }
|
---|
7202 | d->od->len += str.length();
|
---|
7203 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++)] = str;
|
---|
7204 | }
|
---|
7205 |
|
---|
7206 | #endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
7207 |
|
---|
7208 | /*!
|
---|
7209 | \property Q3TextEdit::autoFormatting
|
---|
7210 | \brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
|
---|
7211 |
|
---|
7212 | The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
|
---|
7213 | AutoFormattingFlag enum. The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
|
---|
7214 | to disable all automatic formatting.
|
---|
7215 |
|
---|
7216 | Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
|
---|
7217 | AutoBulletList; future versions of Qt may offer more.
|
---|
7218 | */
|
---|
7219 |
|
---|
7220 | void Q3TextEdit::setAutoFormatting(AutoFormatting features)
|
---|
7221 | {
|
---|
7222 | d->autoFormatting = features;
|
---|
7223 | }
|
---|
7224 |
|
---|
7225 | Q3TextEdit::AutoFormatting Q3TextEdit::autoFormatting() const
|
---|
7226 | {
|
---|
7227 | return d->autoFormatting;
|
---|
7228 | }
|
---|
7229 |
|
---|
7230 | /*!
|
---|
7231 | Returns the QSyntaxHighlighter set on this Q3TextEdit. 0 is
|
---|
7232 | returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
|
---|
7233 | */
|
---|
7234 | Q3SyntaxHighlighter * Q3TextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
|
---|
7235 | {
|
---|
7236 | if (document()->preProcessor())
|
---|
7237 | return ((Q3SyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
|
---|
7238 | else
|
---|
7239 | return 0;
|
---|
7240 | }
|
---|
7241 |
|
---|
7242 | QT_END_NAMESPACE
|
---|
7243 |
|
---|
7244 | #endif //QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
---|